WO2021088081A1 - Control information sending method, receiving method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Control information sending method, receiving method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021088081A1
WO2021088081A1 PCT/CN2019/116881 CN2019116881W WO2021088081A1 WO 2021088081 A1 WO2021088081 A1 WO 2021088081A1 CN 2019116881 W CN2019116881 W CN 2019116881W WO 2021088081 A1 WO2021088081 A1 WO 2021088081A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
control information
bits
time
subcarriers
ofdm symbol
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/116881
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
WO2021088081A9 (en
Inventor
黎超
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2019/116881 priority Critical patent/WO2021088081A1/en
Priority to CN201980101457.2A priority patent/CN114557082A/en
Publication of WO2021088081A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021088081A1/en
Publication of WO2021088081A9 publication Critical patent/WO2021088081A9/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of mobile communication technology, and in particular, to a method for sending control information, a method for receiving, and a communication device.
  • V2D Device to device
  • V2V vehicle to vehicle
  • V2P vehicle to pedestrian
  • V2I/ N vehicle to infrastructure/network
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a control information sending method, receiving method, and communication device, which can be applied to communication systems, such as V2X, vehicle to vehicle (V2V), and long term evolution-vehicle communication.
  • communication systems such as V2X, vehicle to vehicle (V2V), and long term evolution-vehicle communication.
  • vehicle LTE-V2V
  • MTC machine type communication
  • IoT Internet of things
  • long term evolution-machine to machine communication long term evolution-machine to machine, LTE- M2M
  • a communication system such as machine to machine (M2M)
  • M2M machine to machine
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for sending control information, and the method can be executed by a sending device.
  • the method includes:
  • the second time-frequency resource is determined in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, where the first time-frequency resource is the time-frequency resource indicated by the first control information, and the second time-frequency resource is The resource is used to carry the resource of the modulation symbol encoded by the second control information;
  • the sending device can determine the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, so that the sending device can determine the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource.
  • Sending the second control information so that the sending device can realize data transmission according to the second control information, so that the sending device and the receiving device can realize data transmission according to the two-level control information (that is, the first control information and the second control information) to ensure communication Reliability.
  • the first control information and the second control information are located on the same time unit, and the time unit may be a time slot, a subframe, a radio frame, a transmission time interval, or a mini time slot.
  • time domain position of the second control information on the time unit is no earlier than the time domain position of the first control information on the time unit.
  • the time-domain positional relationship between the first control information and the second control information in the same time unit is clarified, so that the time-domain positional relationship of the sending device based on the first control information and the second control information is in the first time-frequency resource To determine the second time-frequency resource.
  • the specific implementation method for determining the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information may include: determining the number of bits of the first data that can be used for transmission The number of subcarriers of the second control information; determining the number of subcarriers based on the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information The number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information; and the second time-frequency resource is determined from the first time-frequency resource according to the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information.
  • the first parameter may be determined according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information; and , Determining a second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information; finally determining that the minimum value of the first parameter and the second parameter is the encoded second control information Number of modulation symbols.
  • the first parameter is determined according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information.
  • the transmission requirement of the second control information can be well met; and the second parameter is based on the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information It is determined. Therefore, when the second parameter is used as the number of modulation symbols after the second control information is encoded, excessive occupation of the first time-frequency resource by the second control information can be avoided.
  • the number of modulation symbols after encoding the second control information finally determined in this embodiment is the smallest one of the first parameter and the second parameter. Therefore, the second control information transmission requirement can be taken into consideration while avoiding the second parameter. The excessive occupation of the first time-frequency resource by the control information further improves the reliability of communication.
  • it may be based on the first adjustment factor and the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, A first parameter is determined, wherein the first adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the first adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than or equal to 1.
  • the first adjustment factor when determining the first parameter, the first adjustment factor is introduced. Since the first adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than or equal to 1, it is equivalent to amplifying the requirement of the second control information for the number of encoded modulation symbols. Therefore, it can be better ensured that the finally determined number of modulation symbols after encoding of the second control information can meet the transmission requirement of the second control information.
  • the first adjustment factor may be indicated through the first control information.
  • the first parameter satisfies the following relationship:
  • Q1 represents the first parameter
  • f represents a function related to the number of bits of the second control information
  • h represents the number of bits of the first data
  • g represents the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information.
  • O SCI2 represents the number of bits of the second control information
  • L SCI2 is the length of the cyclic redundancy check CRC bit of the second control information
  • s represents the first adjustment factor
  • O SCI2 (s) represents the number of bits of the second control information determined based on the transmission mode of the first data
  • the calculation method of the first parameter is clarified, and the value of the calculation parameter of the first parameter (for example, the first adjustment factor) can be related to the transmission method of the first data, so that the encoded second control information is
  • the number of modulation symbols can be related to the transmission mode of the first data.
  • different first parameter value strategies can be realized under different transmission modes, so that the final modulation symbol number after encoding the second control information is more accurate and reliable. .
  • the second parameter may be determined according to the second adjustment factor and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, where the second adjustment factor and the second control information Related, the second adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1.
  • the second adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1
  • the second control information has an upper limit on the number of encoded modulation symbols. It does not exceed the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, effectively avoiding the excessive use of the second control information on the first time-frequency resource.
  • the second adjustment factor may be indicated through the first control information.
  • the second parameter satisfies the following relationship:
  • Q2 represents the second parameter
  • g represents the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information
  • s represents the second adjustment factor
  • represents the second adjustment factor
  • W represents all The number of subcarriers used to transmit designated information on the first time-frequency resource.
  • the calculation method of the second parameter is clarified, and the value of the calculation parameter of the second parameter (for example, the second adjustment factor) can be related to the transmission method of the first data, so that the second control information is encoded
  • the number of modulation symbols can be related to the transmission mode of the first data.
  • different second parameter value strategies can be realized under different transmission modes, so that the finally determined number of modulation symbols after encoding the second control information is more accurate and reliable. .
  • the second control information may indicate that the transmission mode of the first data is unicast, multicast, or broadcast.
  • the second control information can have different time-frequency resource determination strategies, which further improves the flexibility and reliability of communication.
  • the first time-frequency resource does not include at least one of the following:
  • the subcarrier occupied by the first control information is occupied by the first control information.
  • the number of subcarriers that need to be occupied by preset information (such as AGC, GP, PSFCH, etc.) is first excluded, thereby avoiding the second control information pairing These information resources are occupied to further ensure the reliability of data transmission.
  • the time-frequency resource determined according to the second parameter does not include at least one of the following:
  • the number of subcarriers that the preset information (such as AGC, GP, PSFCH, etc.) needs to be occupied is first excluded, thereby avoiding the second control information from occupying the resources of these information, and further ensuring data transmission Reliability.
  • the first control information is the first side uplink control information SCI
  • the second control information is the second SCI
  • the first time-frequency resource is the physical side uplink shared channel PSSCH resources.
  • the resource determination strategy of the second SCI in the side-line transmission scenario is clarified, so as to ensure the reliable transmission of the side-line data scheduled through the two-level SCI.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for receiving control information, which may be executed by a receiving device.
  • the method includes: determining the number of bits of second control information; determining a second time-frequency resource in a first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, wherein the first time-frequency resource is a first control The time-frequency resource indicated by the information, where the second time-frequency resource is used to carry the resource of the modulation symbol encoded by the second control information; and the second control information is received on the second time-frequency resource.
  • the first control information and the second control information are located on the same time unit; the time domain position of the second control information on the time unit is not earlier than the first control information The time domain position of the information on the time unit.
  • determining the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information includes: determining the number of bits of the first data that can be used to transmit the second control information The number of subcarriers of information; the second control information is determined according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information The number of coded modulation symbols; according to the number of coded modulation symbols of the second control information, a second time-frequency resource is determined from the first time-frequency resource.
  • the second control information is determined according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information.
  • the number of modulation symbols after information encoding includes: determining the first parameter according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information ; Determine the second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information; determine that the minimum value of the first parameter and the second parameter is the modulation after the second control information is encoded Symbol number.
  • determining the first parameter according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information includes: The first parameter is determined according to the first adjustment factor and the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, wherein the The first adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the first adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than or equal to 1.
  • the first adjustment factor is indicated through the first control information.
  • the first parameter satisfies the following relationship:
  • Q1 represents the first parameter
  • f represents a function related to the number of bits of the second control information
  • h represents the number of bits of the first data
  • g represents the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information.
  • O SCI2 represents the number of bits of the second control information
  • L SCI2 is the length of the cyclic redundancy check CRC bit of the second control information
  • s represents the first adjustment factor
  • O SCI2 (s) represents the number of bits of the second control information determined based on the transmission mode of the first data
  • determining the second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information includes: according to a second adjustment factor and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information The number of subcarriers determines a second parameter, where the second adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the second adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1.
  • the second adjustment factor is indicated through the first control information.
  • the second parameter satisfies the following relationship:
  • Q2 represents the second parameter
  • g represents the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information
  • s represents the second adjustment factor
  • represents the second adjustment factor
  • W represents all The number of subcarriers used to transmit designated information on the first time-frequency resource.
  • the second control information indicates that the transmission mode of the first data is unicast, multicast, or broadcast.
  • the first time-frequency resource does not include at least one of the following:
  • the subcarrier occupied by the first control information is occupied by the first control information.
  • the time-frequency resource determined according to the second parameter does not include at least one of the following:
  • the subcarrier occupied by the first control information is occupied by the first control information.
  • the first control information is the first side uplink control information SCI
  • the second control information is the second SCI
  • the first time-frequency resource is the physical side uplink shared channel PSSCH resources.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device has the function of realizing the sending device in the above method design. These functions can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the specific structure of the communication device may include a processing unit and a sending unit;
  • the processing unit is configured to: determine the number of bits of the second control information; determine the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, where the first time-frequency resource is The time-frequency resource indicated by the first control information, where the second time-frequency resource is used to carry the resource of the modulation symbol encoded by the second control information;
  • the sending unit is configured to send the second control information on the second time-frequency resource.
  • the first control information and the second control information are located on the same time unit; the time domain position of the second control information on the time unit is not earlier than the first control information The time domain position of the information on the time unit.
  • the processing unit determines the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, it is specifically configured to: determine the number of bits of the first data, The number of subcarriers used to transmit the second control information; according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information , Determine the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information; determine a second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information.
  • the processing unit determines according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information.
  • the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information is specifically used to: according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information Determine the first parameter according to the number of subcarriers in the second control information; determine the second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information; determine that the minimum value of the first parameter and the second parameter is The number of modulation symbols after the second control information is coded.
  • the processing unit determines the first data according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information.
  • a parameter is specifically used for: according to the first adjustment factor and the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information,
  • a first parameter is determined, wherein the first adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the first adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than or equal to 1.
  • the processing unit is further configured to indicate the first adjustment factor through the first control information.
  • the first parameter satisfies the following relationship:
  • Q1 represents the first parameter
  • f represents a function related to the number of bits of the second control information
  • h represents the number of bits of the first data
  • g represents the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information.
  • O SCI2 represents the number of bits of the second control information
  • L SCI2 is the length of the cyclic redundancy check CRC bit of the second control information
  • s represents the first adjustment factor
  • O SCI2 (s) represents the number of bits of the second control information determined based on the transmission mode of the first data
  • the processing unit determines the second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, it is specifically configured to: according to the second adjustment factor and the number of subcarriers that can be used The number of subcarriers for transmitting the second control information is determined, and a second parameter is determined, wherein the second adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the second adjustment factor is a positive value greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1. Real number.
  • the processing unit is further configured to indicate the second adjustment factor through the first control information.
  • the second parameter satisfies the following relationship:
  • J represents the second parameter
  • g represents the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information
  • s represents the second adjustment factor
  • represents the second adjustment factor
  • W represents all The number of subcarriers used to transmit designated information on the first time-frequency resource.
  • the second control information indicates that the transmission mode of the first data is unicast, multicast, or broadcast.
  • the first time-frequency resource does not include at least one of the following: the first time unit on the first orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel. Carrier; the subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit; the subcarrier on the OFDM symbol occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit; the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located The subcarrier on the previous first OFDM symbol; the subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located; the OFDM symbol on the first time unit where the feedback information is located Subcarrier number on the first OFDM symbol afterwards; subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information; subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel; occupied by the phase tracking reference signal Sub-carriers of; sub-carriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal; sub-carriers occupied by the first control information.
  • the time-frequency resource determined by the processing unit according to the second parameter does not include at least one of the following: on the first time unit used to transmit the first OFDM symbol of the first data channel The subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit; the subcarrier on the OFDM symbol occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit; the subcarrier on the OFDM symbol on the first time unit where the feedback information is located The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol; the subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located; the subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located; The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol after the OFDM symbol; the subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information; the subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel; the phase tracking reference signal Occupied subcarriers; subcarriers occupied by the channel state information
  • the first control information is the first side uplink control information SCI
  • the second control information is the second SCI
  • the first time-frequency resource is the physical side uplink shared channel PSSCH resources.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device has the function of realizing the receiving device in the above method design. These functions can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the specific structure of the communication device may include a processing unit and a receiving unit;
  • the processing unit is configured to: determine the number of bits of the second control information; determine the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, where the first time-frequency resource is The time-frequency resource indicated by the first control information, where the second time-frequency resource is used to carry the resource of the modulation symbol encoded by the second control information;
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive the second control information on the second time-frequency resource.
  • the first control information and the second control information are located on the same time unit; the time domain position of the second control information on the time unit is not earlier than the first control information The time domain position of the information on the time unit.
  • the processing unit determines the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, it is specifically configured to: determine the number of bits of the first data, The number of subcarriers used to transmit the second control information; according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information , Determine the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information; determine a second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information.
  • the processing unit determines according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information.
  • the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information is specifically used to: according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information Determine the first parameter according to the number of subcarriers in the second control information; determine the second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information; determine that the minimum value of the first parameter and the second parameter is The number of modulation symbols after the second control information is coded.
  • the processing unit determines the first data according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information.
  • a parameter is specifically used for: according to the first adjustment factor and the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information,
  • a first parameter is determined, wherein the first adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the first adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than or equal to 1.
  • the processing unit is further configured to indicate the first adjustment factor through the first control information.
  • the first parameter satisfies the following relationship:
  • Q1 represents the first parameter
  • f represents a function related to the number of bits of the second control information
  • h represents the number of bits of the first data
  • g represents the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information.
  • O SCI2 represents the number of bits of the second control information
  • L SCI2 is the length of the cyclic redundancy check CRC bit of the second control information
  • s represents the first adjustment factor
  • O SCI2 (s) represents the number of bits of the second control information determined based on the transmission mode of the first data
  • the processing unit determines the second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, it is specifically configured to: according to the second adjustment factor and the number of subcarriers that can be used The number of subcarriers for transmitting the second control information is determined, and a second parameter is determined, wherein the second adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the second adjustment factor is a positive value greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1. Real number.
  • the processing unit is further configured to indicate the second adjustment factor through the first control information.
  • the second parameter satisfies the following relationship:
  • J represents the second parameter
  • g represents the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information
  • s represents the second adjustment factor
  • represents the second adjustment factor
  • W represents all The number of subcarriers used to transmit designated information on the first time-frequency resource.
  • the second control information indicates that the transmission mode of the first data is unicast, multicast, or broadcast.
  • the first time-frequency resource does not include at least one of the following: the first time unit on the first orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel. Carrier; the subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit; the subcarrier on the OFDM symbol occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit; the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located The subcarrier on the previous first OFDM symbol; the subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located; the OFDM symbol on the first time unit where the feedback information is located Subcarrier number on the first OFDM symbol afterwards; subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information; subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel; occupied by the phase tracking reference signal Sub-carriers of; sub-carriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal; sub-carriers occupied by the first control information.
  • the time-frequency resource determined by the processing unit according to the second parameter does not include at least one of the following: on the first time unit used to transmit the first OFDM symbol of the first data channel The subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit; the subcarrier on the OFDM symbol occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit; the subcarrier on the OFDM symbol on the first time unit where the feedback information is located The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol; the subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located; the subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located; The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol after the OFDM symbol; the subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information; the subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel; the phase tracking reference signal Occupied subcarriers; subcarriers occupied by the channel state information
  • the first control information is the first side uplink control information SCI
  • the second control information is the second SCI
  • the first time-frequency resource is the physical side uplink shared channel PSSCH resources.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device includes a transmitter and a processor.
  • the processor and the transmitter are coupled, for example, connected via a bus.
  • the processor and the transmitter can cooperate to execute the method executed by the transmitting device in the first aspect or any one of the possible designs of the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device includes a receiver and a processor.
  • the processor and the receiver are coupled, for example, connected via a bus.
  • the processor and the receiver can cooperate to execute the method executed by the receiving device in the second aspect or any one of the possible designs of the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device including a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions; the processor is used to execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the The communication device executes the method executed by the sending device in the foregoing first aspect or any one of the possible designs of the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device including a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions; the processor is used to execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the The communication device executes the method executed by the receiving device in the above-mentioned second aspect or any one of the possible designs of the second aspect.
  • the implementation of this application provides a communication device, including a processor and an interface circuit; the interface circuit is configured to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor; the processor runs the code instructions to execute such as The method executed by the sending device in the foregoing first aspect or any one of the possible designs of the first aspect.
  • the implementation of this application provides a communication device, including a processor and an interface circuit; the interface circuit is configured to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor; the processor runs the code instructions to execute such as The method executed by the receiving device in the foregoing second aspect or any one of the possible designs of the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a readable storage medium, the readable storage medium is used to store instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the first aspect or any one of the first aspects is The method implemented by the sending device in a possible design is implemented.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a readable storage medium, the readable storage medium is used to store instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the second aspect or any one of the second aspects described above The method performed by the receiving device in a possible design is implemented.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, which is coupled to a memory, and is used to read and execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement any one of the above-mentioned first aspect or the first aspect Possible design methods provided.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, which is coupled with a memory, and is used to read and execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement any one of the above-mentioned second aspect or the second aspect Possible design methods provided.
  • a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product stores instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first aspect or the first aspect.
  • the method provided by the design is provided.
  • a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product stores instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned second aspect or the second aspect.
  • the method provided by the design is provided.
  • a communication system including a sending device and a receiving device, the sending device is configured to execute the method provided in the above-mentioned first aspect or any one of the possible designs of the first aspect, the receiving device It is used to implement the method provided in the above-mentioned second aspect or any one of the possible designs of the second aspect.
  • the method for the sending device to determine the transmission resource of the second control information and the method for the receiving device to determine the transmission resource of the second control information so that the sending device and the receiving device The device can realize data transmission according to the second control information to ensure the reliability of communication.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system network architecture provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another wireless communication system network architecture provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another wireless communication system network architecture provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a method for sending control information according to an embodiment of the application
  • 5A, 5B, 5C, and 5D are schematic diagrams of the first time-frequency resource
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a method for receiving control information according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • control information may be downlink control information (DCI), uplink control information (UCI), or sidelink control information (SCI), etc. .
  • DCI downlink control information
  • UCI uplink control information
  • SCI sidelink control information
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a control information sending method, receiving method, and communication device, which can be applied to various communication systems and used to determine the transmission resource of the second-level control information in the two-level control information so as to send equipment Data transmission is realized between the receiving device and the receiving device according to the two-level control information.
  • Terminal devices including devices that provide users with voice and/or data connectivity, such as handheld devices with wireless connection functions, or processing devices connected to wireless modems.
  • the device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN.
  • the equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), mobile station (mobile), remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal equipment (remote terminal), access terminal equipment (access terminal), user terminal equipment (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device) and so on.
  • it may include mobile phones (or “cellular” phones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built mobile devices, smart wearable devices, and so on.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • PCS cordless phones
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistants
  • restricted devices such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • GPS global positioning system
  • laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • the device may also be a wearable device or the like.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design everyday wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • Use such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the various terminal devices described above if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be regarded as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment, for example, the vehicle-mounted terminal equipment is also called on-board unit (OBU). ); if it is located on a roadside terminal device (for example, placed in a roadside unit or installed in a roadside unit), it can be regarded as a roadside terminal device.
  • the roadside terminal device is also called a roadside unit (Road Side Unit, RSU).
  • the terminal device of the present application may also be a vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted component, vehicle-mounted chip, or vehicle-mounted unit built into a vehicle as one or more components or units. The vehicle passes through the built-in vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted module, On-board components, on-board chips, or on-board units can implement the method of the present application.
  • Network equipment including access network (AN) equipment, such as a base station (e.g., access point), may refer to equipment that communicates with wireless terminal equipment through one or more cells over an air interface in an access network, Or, for example, a network device in a V2X technology is a roadside unit (RSU).
  • the base station can be used to convert received air frames and Internet Protocol (IP) packets into each other, and act as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network may include an IP network.
  • the RSU can be a fixed infrastructure entity that supports V2X applications, and can exchange messages with other entities that support V2X applications.
  • the network equipment can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
  • the network equipment may include an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), or It can also include the next generation node B (gNB) in the 5G NR system, or it can also include the centralized unit (CU) and distributed unit in the cloud radio access network (CloudRAN) system.
  • a distributed unit (DU) is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the transmitter also called the transmitting device, corresponds to the receiver.
  • the transmitter is used to transmit information, such as data packets, control information, and instruction information.
  • a receiver also called a receiving device, corresponds to a transmitter.
  • the receiver is used to receive the information sent by the transmitter.
  • the receiver can also send feedback information to the transmitter. That is to say, a device can be both a transmitter and a transmitter. Can be used as a receiver.
  • Transmission link including the side link between two devices, and the uplink and downlink between the terminal device and the network device, etc.
  • Sidelink mainly refers to the link established between devices of the same type, and can also be called side link, secondary link or auxiliary link, etc. This name is not used in the embodiments of this application. limited.
  • the equipment of the same type can be a link between a terminal device and a terminal device, a link between a base station and a base station, or a link between a relay node and a relay node, etc.
  • the implementation of this application The example does not limit this.
  • V2X technology is an application of D2D technology in the Internet of Vehicles, or V2X is a specific D2D or sidelink technology.
  • the side link is a direct link connection between two V2X terminals
  • the V2X terminal is a terminal with a V2X function, such as the same type of equipment described above.
  • SL transmission the data transmission of two V2X terminals on the side link is called SL transmission.
  • a side link connection can be established.
  • the V2X terminal as the initiator sends a request to establish a side link connection to a network device. If the network device agrees to the V2X terminal to establish a side link connection, it will send configuration information for establishing a side link connection to the V2X terminal. , The V2X terminal establishes a side link connection with another V2X terminal according to the configuration information sent by the network device.
  • Time domain resources including time units, time units can be slots, mini-slots, symbols or other time domain granularities (such as system frames, subframes), one of which can be It includes at least one symbol, for example, 14 symbols, or 12 symbols.
  • This application uses a time slot as an example for description, but it is not limited to the implementation of the time slot.
  • a time slot can be composed of at least one of symbols used for downlink transmission, flexible symbols, and symbols used for uplink transmission.
  • the composition of such a time slot is called a different slot format (slot format).
  • slot format format, SF
  • Timeslots can have different timeslot types, and different timeslot types include different numbers of symbols. For example, a mini slot contains less than 7 symbols, 2 symbols, 3 symbols, 4 symbols, etc. Ordinary time slot (slot) contains 7 symbols or 14 symbols and so on. Depending on the subcarrier spacing, the length of each symbol can be different, so the length of the slot can be different.
  • Sub-carrier spacing is the spacing value between the center positions or peak positions of two adjacent sub-carriers in the frequency domain in the OFDM system.
  • SCS Sub-carrier spacing
  • the baseline is 15kHz, which can be 15kHz ⁇ 2n, and n is an integer, ranging from 3.75, 7.5 to 480kHz.
  • Table 1 For example, regarding the subcarrier spacing, refer to the following Table 1:
  • ⁇ ⁇ f 2 ⁇ ⁇ 15[kHz] 0 15 1 30 2 60 3 120 4 240
  • is used to indicate the sub-carrier spacing.
  • the sub-carrier spacing is 15 kHz
  • the sub-carrier spacing is 30 kHz.
  • the length of a time slot corresponding to different subcarrier intervals is different.
  • the length of a time slot corresponding to the subcarrier interval of 15kHz is 0.5ms
  • the length of a time slot corresponding to the subcarrier interval of 60kHz is 0.125ms, etc.
  • the length of a symbol corresponding to different subcarrier intervals is also different.
  • a bandwidth part (BWP) is defined in a carrier, which can also be called a carrier bandwidth part (carrier bandwidth part).
  • the BWP includes several consecutive resource units in the frequency domain, such as a resource block (resource block, RB).
  • the bandwidth part may be a downlink or uplink bandwidth part, and the terminal device receives or sends data on the data channel in the activated bandwidth part.
  • Frequency domain resources include sub-channels, bands, carriers, bandwidth parts (Band Width Part, BWP), resource blocks (Resource Block, RB), or resource pools, etc.
  • a subchannel is the smallest unit of frequency domain resources occupied by a physical side-line shared channel, and a subchannel may include one or more resource blocks (RB).
  • the bandwidth of the wireless communication system in the frequency domain may include multiple RBs.
  • the included PRBs may be 6, 15, 25, 50, and so on.
  • one RB can include several subcarriers.
  • one RB includes 12 subcarriers, where each subcarrier interval can be 15kHz.
  • other subcarrier intervals can also be used, such as 3.75kHz. , 30kHz, 60kHz or 120kHz sub-carrier spacing, there is no limitation here.
  • V2X Vehicle to everything
  • V2X specifically includes vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I), vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P) direct communication, and There are several application requirements such as vehicle-to-network (V2N) communication and interaction. as shown in picture 2.
  • V2V refers to the communication between vehicles
  • V2P refers to the communication between vehicles and people (including pedestrians, cyclists, drivers, or passengers)
  • V2I refers to the communication between vehicles and network equipment, such as RSU, and There is another type of V2N that can be included in V2I.
  • V2N refers to the communication between the vehicle and the base station/network.
  • V2P can be used as a safety warning for pedestrians or non-motorized vehicles on the road.
  • vehicles can communicate with roads and even other infrastructure, such as traffic lights, roadblocks, etc., to obtain road management information such as traffic light signal timing.
  • V2V can be used for information interaction and reminding between vehicles, and the most typical application is for the anti-collision safety system between vehicles.
  • V2N is currently the most widely used form of Internet of Vehicles. Its main function is to connect vehicles to a cloud server through a mobile network, and use the navigation, entertainment, or anti-theft application functions provided by the cloud server.
  • V2X it is mainly the communication between terminal equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the current standard protocols support broadcast, multicast, and unicast.
  • the broadcast mode means that the terminal device as the sender uses broadcast mode to send data.
  • Multiple terminal device ends can receive sidelink control information (SCI) or sidelink sharing from the sender Channel (sidelink shared channel, SSCH).
  • SCI sidelink control information
  • SSCH sidelink shared channel
  • the multicast mode is similar to broadcast transmission.
  • the terminal equipment as the sender uses the broadcast mode for data transmission, and a group of terminal equipment can parse SCI or SSCH.
  • the unicast mode is that one terminal device sends data to another terminal device, and other terminal devices do not need or cannot parse the data.
  • ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of this application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or order of multiple objects. Importance.
  • the first value and the second value are only for distinguishing different values, but do not indicate the difference in content, priority, or importance of the two values.
  • first level control information in this article can also be called “first level scheduling signaling” or “first control information”;
  • second level control information can also be called “second level scheduling” Signaling", or “Second Control Information”. That is to say, the first-level control information”, “first-level scheduling signaling”, and “first-level control information” can be interchanged; the second-level control information", “second-level scheduling signaling”, and “second control information” Information” can be interchanged.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as the fourth generation (4th Generation, 4G), 4G systems including LTE systems, and worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication systems, Future 5th Generation (5G) systems, such as NR, and future communication systems, such as 6G systems.
  • 4G fourth generation
  • 5G Future 5th Generation
  • 6G future communication systems
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a cellular link, and can also be applied to a link between devices, such as a device to device (D2D) link.
  • the D2D link or the V2X link may also be referred to as a side link (SL), where the side link may also be referred to as a side link or a secondary link.
  • SL side link
  • the aforementioned terms all refer to links established between devices of the same type, and have the same meaning.
  • the so-called devices of the same type can be the link between the terminal device and the terminal device, the link between the base station and the base station, and the link between the relay node and the relay node.
  • This application The embodiment does not limit this.
  • D2D links defined by 3GPP version (Rel)-12/13, and there are also car-to-car, car-to-mobile, or car-to-any entity defined by 3GPP for the Internet of Vehicles.
  • V2X link including Rel-14/15. It also includes the V2X link based on the NR system of Rel-16 and subsequent versions that are currently being studied by 3GPP.
  • the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may include a sending device and a receiving device, where the sending device may perform data scheduling of the receiving device through two-level control information (or two-level scheduling signaling). Specifically, the sending device can schedule data through first-level control information (or first-level scheduling signaling) and second-level control information (or second-level scheduling signaling). Data sent by the device and/or data sent by the receiving device to the sending device.
  • the first-level control information can be used to carry information used for channel detection or resource selection, so that the receiving device can know which transmission resources are available for data transmission, such as data priority, reference signal pattern, and data transmission time. Frequency resources, time-frequency resources reserved for transmission, etc.
  • the second level of control information can be used to carry data scheduling information for receiving and demodulating data at the receiving end. Data scheduling information such as hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) information, such as the process number of the HARQ process , Retransmission/new transmission identification, etc.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the communication system in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to both low-frequency scenarios (sub 6G) and high-frequency scenarios (above6G).
  • the application scenarios of wireless communication systems include but are not limited to long term evolution (LTE) systems, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) systems, LTE time division duplex (TDD), general mobile communications System (universal mobile telecommunication system, UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, future fifth-generation system, new radio (NR) communication system, or future evolved public Land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) system, etc.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE time division duplex
  • UMTS general mobile communications System
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • NR new radio
  • PLMN public Land mobile network
  • the above sending device uses two levels of control information to perform data scheduling of the receiving device, which may be scheduling of downlink data, scheduling of uplink data, or scheduling of sideline data.
  • the above-mentioned control information can be downlink control information (DCI), uplink control information (UCI), or side link control information (sidelinik control information, SCI), etc. .
  • DCI downlink control information
  • UCI uplink control information
  • SCI side link control information
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system network architecture provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the wireless communication system may include a terminal device 101 and a network device 102.
  • the network device 102 can be used as a sending device, and the terminal device 101 can be used as a receiving device; alternatively, the network device 102 can be used as a receiving device, and the terminal device 101 can be used as a sending device.
  • the network device 102 can schedule data of the terminal device 101 through the first-level control information and the second-level control information.
  • the first-level control information may be the first-level downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) or the first-level uplink control information (uplink control information, UCI)
  • the second-level control information may be the second-level DCI or the first-level uplink control information.
  • Level 2 UCI The first level DCI and the second level DCI can be used to schedule downlink data sent by the network device 102 to the terminal device 101, and the downlink data can be carried on a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH).
  • the first level UCI and the second level UCI can be used to schedule downlink data sent from the terminal device 101 to the network device 102, and the downlink data can be carried on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH).
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another wireless communication system network architecture provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the wireless communication system may include a terminal 103 and a terminal 104, and sidelink (SL) communication may be performed between the terminal 103 and the terminal 104.
  • the terminal 103 can be used as a sending device, and the terminal 104 can be used as a receiving device.
  • the terminal 104 may be used as a sending device, and the terminal 103 may be used as a receiving device.
  • the terminal 103 can schedule data of the terminal 104 through the first-level control information and the second-level control information.
  • the first-level control information may be a first-level SCI
  • the second-level control information may be a second SCI.
  • the first-level SCI and the second-level SCI may be used to schedule the terminal 103 to send to the terminal 104.
  • the data at and/or is used to schedule the data sent from the terminal 104 to the terminal 103.
  • the data transmitted between the terminal 103 and the terminal 104 may be carried on a physical sidelink shared channel (PSSCH).
  • PSSCH physical sidelink shared channel
  • the terminal 103 and the terminal 104 may be user equipment, terminal, RSU, access terminal, terminal unit, terminal station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile terminal, wireless communication equipment, terminal agent or terminal equipment, etc., specifically Refer to the description of the terminal device 101 above.
  • the terminal 103 can also access the access network device, so that the access network device can configure the SL link between the terminal 103 and the terminal 104, and the SL link is used for the SL communication between the terminal 103 and the terminal 104 .
  • the access network device may be a device such as a RAN base station.
  • the terminal 104 can access the access network device shown in FIG. 2 or access other access network devices not shown in FIG. 2.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another wireless communication system network architecture provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the wireless communication system includes: multiple vehicle-mounted devices (UE1, UE2, UE3 as shown in Figure 3), which can communicate with each other; one or more RSUs, which can communicate with each vehicle-mounted device and /Or eNB for communication; one or more LTE base station equipment (eNB), which can communicate with each vehicle-mounted equipment and/or RSU; one or more NR base station equipment (gNB), which can communicate with each vehicle-mounted equipment and/or RSU communicates; one or more global navigation satellite systems (Global Navigation Satellite System, GNSS), which can provide positioning and timing information for other network elements in the general information system.
  • the vehicle-mounted equipment can move with the vehicle at a high speed, for example, when UE1 and UE2 move relative to each other, they have the maximum relative moving speed.
  • the various devices shown in FIG. 3 can communicate with each other, and the spectrum of the cellular link can be used for communication, and the intelligent traffic spectrum around 5.9 GHz can also be used.
  • the technology for each device to communicate with each other can be enhanced based on the LTE protocol, or it can be enhanced based on the D2D technology.
  • the first-level control information and the second-level control information can be used to schedule data between the two devices.
  • the first-level DCI and the second-level DCI can be used to schedule the downlink data sent by the gNB/eNB/RSU to UE1/UE2/UE3, and the downlink data can be carried on the PDSCH.
  • the first-level UCI and the second-level UCI can be used to schedule uplink data sent by UE1/UE2/UE3 to gNB/eNB/RSU, and the uplink data can be carried on the PUSCH.
  • UE1 can schedule the data of terminal UE2/UE3 through the first-level SCI and the second-level SCI. The data transmitted between UE1 and UE2/UE3 can be carried on the PSSCH.
  • eNB and/or gNB are optional. When there is an eNB and/or gNB, it is a V2X scenario with network coverage, and if there is no eNB and/or gNB, it is a V2X scenario without network coverage.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a control information sending method and a receiving method, which are used to determine the transmission resource of the second-level control information in the two-level control information. , In order to realize data transmission between the sending device and the receiving device according to the two-level control information.
  • control information sending method provided by the embodiment of the present application may include the following steps:
  • the sending device determines the number of bits of the second-level control information.
  • the sending device determines the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second-level control information, where the first time-frequency resource is the time-frequency resource indicated by the first-level control information.
  • the second time-frequency resource is used to carry the resource of the modulation symbol encoded by the second-level control information;
  • the sending device sends the second-level control information on the second time-frequency resource.
  • the sending device may be any one of the above-mentioned FIG. 1, FIG. 2, and FIG. 3, and there is no limitation here.
  • the first-level control information may be a first-level SCI
  • the second-level control information may be a second-level SCI
  • the first time-frequency resource may be a PSSCH resource
  • the first-level control information may be a first-level SCI.
  • First-level DCI, the second-level control information may be second-level DCI, and the first time-frequency resource may be PDSCH resource; or, the first-level control information may be first-level UCI, and the second level
  • the level control information may be a second level UCI, and the first time-frequency resource may be a PUSCH resource, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the side-line transmission scenario is mainly taken as an example, that is, the first-level control information is the first-level SCI, the second-level control information is the second-level SCI, and the first The time-frequency resources are PSSCH resources.
  • the first-level control information and the second-level control information are located on the same time unit (for ease of description, the same time unit where the two levels of SCI are located is called the first time unit), and
  • the time domain position of the second level control information on the first time unit is no earlier than the time domain position of the first level control information on the first time unit.
  • the time domain length of the first time-frequency resource may be the length of the first time unit.
  • the time unit here can be a slot, a subframe, a radio frame, a transmission time interval (TTI), or a mini-slot (the shortest can be only 1 orthogonal frequency division multiplexing).
  • Use (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM) symbols), etc. which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the following mainly takes the time slot of 10ms in the time unit of 5G and NR as an example.
  • FIG. 5A it is an example of a positional relationship between two levels of SCI in the same time slot (for ease of description, the same time slot in which the two levels of SCI are located is referred to as the first time slot).
  • the largest rectangular box in Figure 5A represents the first time slot.
  • the PSSCH resource in the time slot (or the first time-frequency resource), the PSSCH in the SCI-1 time slot includes PSSCH-1 and PSSCH-2, and the time domain position of PSSCH-1 is earlier than that of PSSCH-2 Time domain position, SCI-1 is carried on PSSCH-1, SCI-2 is carried on PSSCH-2, that is, the time domain position of SCI-1 in this time slot is earlier than the time domain position of SCI-2 in this time slot .
  • Figure 5B which is another example of the positional relationship between two levels of SCI in the same time slot. In the example shown in Figure 5B, the time domain positions of SCI-1 and SCI-2 are the same, or occupy the same OFDM symbol. .
  • the PSSCH in the first time-frequency resource can be used to carry other information in addition to carrying SCI-1, SCI-2, and data to be sent.
  • the first OFDM symbol in the first time-frequency resource can be used as an automatic gain control (AGC) symbol
  • the last symbol OFDM symbol is the guard period (guard period, GP) symbol (or called a null symbol).
  • AGC automatic gain control
  • the first time-frequency resource is also used for the AGC2 symbol of the physical sidelink feedback channel (pysical sidelink feedback channel, PSFCH), and the symbol before AGC2 for sending and receiving or sending and receiving conversion.
  • it may further include symbols used for demodulation reference signal (DMRS), symbols used for phase tracking reference signal (PT-RS), and symbols used for channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, PT-RS).
  • CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
  • the first control information includes a transmission parameter of the second control information and/or a first transmission parameter of the first data
  • the second control information includes a second transmission parameter of the first data
  • the first data may refer to data to be transmitted on the first time-frequency resource.
  • the first data is a transmission block where the PSSCH to be sent in the first time slot is located.
  • the first data may be pre-encoded or post-encoded, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first data before encoding may or may not include CRC bits, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first level control information (SCI-1) may include one or more of the following information:
  • Priority (priority) information for example: used to indicate the priority of the first data, used to indicate the level, size or range of the first data's importance, urgency, delay requirements, and reliability requirements;
  • Modulation and coding scheme for example: used to indicate the MCS used when sending the first data and/or the second control information
  • DMRS Demodulation reference signal
  • pattern for example: used to indicate a predefined or pre-configured pattern in the DMRS pattern used when transmitting the first data and/or the second control information which type;
  • SCI-2 type or format used to indicate the CRC mask used by SCI-2, the size of SCI-2, SCI-2 It is used to indicate which of the unicast, multicast or broadcast transmission of the first data is used;
  • the second level control information (SCI-1) may include one or more of the following types of information:
  • source identifier source identifier
  • physical layer source identifier physical layer source identifier
  • the indication information of the required communication distance can be used to indicate the minimum communication distance required for the first data transmission;
  • the sending device may determine the second level according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second level control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second level control information.
  • the number of coded modulation symbols after the level control information is coded (the number of coded modulation symbols) or the number of coded modulation symbols on each layer (the number of coded modulation symbols per layer). That is, the number of modulation symbols can be on each spatial layer, or on all spatial layers, or the total number of modulation symbols, which is not limited in the embodiment of the application; and then according to the second level control
  • the number of modulation symbols after the information is encoded, and the second time-frequency resource is determined in the first time-frequency resource.
  • the resource occupied by the modulation symbol after the second control information is coded may be a resource element (RE) or subcarrier occupied by the modulation symbol after the second control information is coded.
  • the number of bits of the first data is denoted by h
  • the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second-level control information is denoted by g.
  • the modulation after encoding the second-level control information The number of symbols is represented by Q'SCI2
  • the number of bits of the second-level control information is represented by O SCI2 .
  • the method for the sending device to determine Q'SCI2 may specifically include: determining the first parameter according to f, h, g, and determining the second parameter according to g; and then determining the first parameter and the second parameter.
  • the minimum value of is the number of modulation symbols after the second-level control information is encoded.
  • the first parameter is represented by Q1
  • the second parameter is represented by Q2
  • Q1 is equal to The value rounded down.
  • a first adjustment factor may be set to adjust the second level. The number of coded modulation symbols required for level control information.
  • the first adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than or equal to 1, which can ensure that the finally determined number of modulation symbols Q after encoding the second-level control information can meet the transmission requirements of the second-level control information .
  • the first adjustment factor can be designed in the function f, such as:
  • O SCI2 represents the number of bits of the second-level control information
  • L SCI2 represents the length of the CRC bits of the second-level control information
  • the first adjustment factor may be indicated by the first-level control information, or may be configured or pre-configured on the resource pool for transmitting the first data channel, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first adjustment factor may be a fixed value, such as 1.1, 1.5, or 1.6.
  • the first adjustment factor may be related to the content of the second-level control information or the transmission mode of the first data.
  • the second-level control information may indicate a transmission mode of the first data, where the transmission mode includes unicast, multicast, or broadcast. Then, corresponding to different transmission modes of the first data, the value of the first adjustment factor ⁇ may be different.
  • the first adjustment factor is less than or equal to 8.
  • s represents the transmission type of the first data, including unicast, multicast, or broadcast.
  • each transmission method may be associated with a first adjustment factor.
  • the first adjustment factor corresponding to unicast is 1.2
  • the first adjustment factor corresponding to multicast is 1.1
  • the first adjustment factor corresponding to broadcast is 1.2.
  • the value is 1.5.
  • each transmission method can also be associated with a value set of the first adjustment factor, and different types of transmission methods can be associated with different value sets of the first parameter, which can be correlated from the transmission method of the first data. Select a value in the value set as the value of the first adjustment factor.
  • the following table is an example of the value set associated with unicast, multicast, and broadcast.
  • each transmission mode may also be associated with a value set of the first constraint factor, which may be configured through signaling or pre-configured.
  • the bit size corresponding to the second control information may be different, the CRC mask corresponding to the second control information may be different, or the control channel corresponding to the second control information
  • the format can be different.
  • the function f can also be expressed as:
  • the first possible calculation method for the number of bits h of the first data is the first possible calculation method for the number of bits h of the first data:
  • K r represents the size of the r-th code block (Code Block, CB) in the first data
  • C SL-SCH represents the total number of code blocks in the first data.
  • R represents the code rate of the transmission block of the first data
  • Q m represents the modulation order of the first data
  • the following describes the calculation method of the number g of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second-level control information on the first time-frequency resource:
  • the first time-frequency resource such as AGC, GP, PSFCH, etc. shown in FIG. 5C and FIG. 5D
  • second-level control Information occupies the resources of this information, so the number of subcarriers that need to be occupied by this information can be excluded first when calculating Q1.
  • the number of subcarriers to be excluded includes at least one of the following:
  • the subcarrier occupied by the first-level control information is occupied by the first-level control information.
  • the feedback information includes response information for correct or incorrect reception of received data; feedback information for indicating link signal quality, such as reference signal receiving power (RSRP), reference Signal receiving quality (reference signal receiving quality, RSRQ), signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR), received signal strength indication (RSSI), etc.
  • RSRP reference signal receiving power
  • RSRQ reference Signal receiving quality
  • SINR signal to interference plus noise ratio
  • RSSI received signal strength indication
  • the number of subcarriers that need to be occupied by the information can be excluded first when calculating g.
  • P can include at least one of the following:
  • the first symbol in the front of the feedback channel is used for AGC training of the feedback channel
  • the symbol occupied by the PT-RS may not be removed; when the symbol with the PT-RS exists, the symbol occupied by the DMRS may not be removed.
  • the symbol occupied by the PT-RS may not be removed; when the symbol with the PT-RS exists, the symbol occupied by the DMRS may not be removed.
  • Q2 is equal to the value rounded down to g ⁇ .
  • is the second adjustment factor, which is usually a positive real number greater than 0 and not greater than 1, so that the finally determined number of modulation symbols Q after the second-level control information encoding does not exceed g.
  • the above Q2 can also be expressed as:
  • the second adjustment factor may be a fixed value, for example, a fixed value of 0.5, 0.7, or 0.8.
  • the second adjustment factor may also be related to the second-level control information. For example, corresponding to different transmission modes (unicast, multicast or broadcast) of the first data, the value of the second adjustment factor may be different.
  • ⁇ (s) represents a second adjustment factor determined based on the transmission mode of the first data.
  • the second adjustment factor may be indicated by the first-level control information, or may be configured on the resource pool for transmitting the first data channel, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the number of subcarriers to be excluded includes at least one of the following:
  • the subcarrier occupied by the first-level control information is occupied by the first-level control information.
  • W may include at least one of the following:
  • Q SCI1 The number of REs occupied by SCI-1 information (first-level control information) before or after encoding (including CRC), or the number of REs occupied by PSSCH-1 (PSSCH resources carrying SCI-1).
  • Q PSFCH the number of REs occupied by SCI1 information before or after SCI encoding (including CRC), or the number of REs occupied by the PSFCH currently used by the UE or all PSFCH resources configured by the system.
  • Q AGC1 All REs occupied by the AGC symbols of PSCCH-1 and PSSCH in the time slot.
  • Q AGC2 All REs occupied by the AGC symbols of the PSFCH in the time slot.
  • Q GAP1 After the symbols occupied by PSCCH-1 and PSSCH, all REs occupied by symbols used for receiving, sending, or receiving conversion. Or, before the symbols occupied by the PSFCH, all the REs occupied by the symbols used for transceiving or sending/receiving conversion.
  • Q GAP2 After the symbols occupied by the PSFCH, all the REs occupied by the symbols used for receiving, sending or receiving conversion.
  • the symbol occupied by the PT-RS may not be removed; when the symbol with the PT-RS, the symbol occupied by the DMRS may not be removed.
  • the first time-frequency resource does not include at least one of the following:
  • the subcarrier occupied by the first-level control information is occupied by the first-level control information.
  • each parameter in Q1 and Q2 is described in detail above.
  • the various implementation modes of each parameter in Q1 and Q2 can be combined or implemented in combination with each other to form a variety of second-level determinations.
  • a scheme for controlling the number of modulation symbols after encoding the information is some of the possible combinations:
  • K TB in any one of the above examples 1 to 8 can be replaced with R ⁇ Q m or The implementation of this application does not limit this.
  • control information sending method provided in the embodiments of the present application provides a specific implementation method for the sending device to determine the transmission resource of the second-level control information in the scenario of two-level control information scheduling data, so that the sending device can be based on the second-level control information.
  • the control information realizes the transmission of data and ensures the reliability of communication.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a method for receiving control information.
  • the method includes:
  • the receiving device determines the number of bits of the second-level control information.
  • the receiving device determines a second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second-level control information, where the first time-frequency resource is the time-frequency resource indicated by the first-level control information, The second time-frequency resource is used to carry the resource of the modulation symbol encoded by the second-level control information;
  • step S601 For the specific implementation method for the receiving device to determine the number of bits of the second-level control information in step S601, reference may be made to the specific implementation method for the sending device to determine the number of bits of the second-level control information in step S401.
  • step S602 the receiving device determines the number of bits for the second-level control information.
  • the specific implementation method of determining the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource by the number of control information bits can refer to the above step S402.
  • the sending device determines the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the second-level control information bit number. The specific implementation method of the time-frequency resource will not be repeated here.
  • control information receiving method provided by the embodiments of the present application provides a specific implementation method for the receiving device to determine the transmission resource of the second-level control information in the scenario of two-level control information scheduling data, so that the receiving device can be based on the second-level control information.
  • the control information realizes the data reception and ensures the reliability of communication.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the sending device in the above method design.
  • These functions can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the specific structure of the communication device may include a processing unit 701 and a sending unit 702.
  • the processing unit 701 is configured to: determine the number of bits of the second control information; determine a second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, where the first time-frequency resource Is the time-frequency resource indicated by the first control information, and the second time-frequency resource is used to carry the resource of the modulation symbol encoded by the second control information;
  • the sending unit 702 is configured to send the second control information on the second time-frequency resource.
  • the first control information and the second control information are located on the same time unit; the time domain position of the second control information on the time unit is not earlier than the first control information The time domain position of the information on the time unit.
  • the processing unit 701 determines the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, it is specifically configured to: determine the number of bits of the first data, The number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information; according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information Determine the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information; determine a second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information.
  • the processing unit 701 is based on the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, When determining the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information, it is specifically used to: according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information
  • the number of subcarriers of the information determines the first parameter; the second parameter is determined according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information; the minimum value of the first parameter and the second parameter is determined to be The number of modulation symbols after the second control information is coded.
  • the processing unit 701 determines the number of subcarriers based on the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information.
  • the first parameter is specifically used for: according to the first adjustment factor and the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information , Determine a first parameter, wherein the first adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the first adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than or equal to 1.
  • the processing unit 701 is further configured to indicate the first adjustment factor through the first control information.
  • the first parameter satisfies the following relationship:
  • Q1 represents the first parameter
  • f represents a function related to the number of bits of the second control information
  • h represents the number of bits of the first data
  • g represents the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information.
  • O SCI2 represents the number of bits of the second control information
  • L SCI2 is the length of the cyclic redundancy check CRC bit of the second control information
  • s represents the first adjustment factor
  • O SCI2 (s) represents the number of bits of the second control information determined based on the transmission mode of the first data
  • the processing unit 701 determines the second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, it is specifically configured to: Determine a second parameter based on the number of subcarriers for transmitting the second control information, wherein the second adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the second adjustment factor is greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1. Positive real number.
  • the processing unit 701 is further configured to indicate the second adjustment factor through the first control information.
  • the second parameter satisfies the following relationship:
  • J represents the second parameter
  • g represents the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information
  • s represents the second adjustment factor
  • represents the second adjustment factor
  • W represents all The number of subcarriers used to transmit designated information on the first time-frequency resource.
  • the second control information indicates that the transmission mode of the first data is unicast, multicast, or broadcast.
  • the first time-frequency resource does not include at least one of the following: the first time unit on the first orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel. Carrier; the subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit; the subcarrier on the OFDM symbol occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit; the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located The subcarrier on the previous first OFDM symbol; the subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located; the OFDM symbol on the first time unit where the feedback information is located Subcarrier number on the first OFDM symbol afterwards; subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information; subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel; occupied by the phase tracking reference signal Sub-carriers of; sub-carriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal; sub-carriers occupied by the first control information.
  • the time-frequency resource determined by the processing unit 701 according to the second parameter does not include at least one of the following: the first OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel on the first time unit The sub-carrier on the first time unit; the sub-carrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit; the sub-carrier on the OFDM symbol occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit; the location of the feedback information on the first time unit
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the receiving device in the above method design.
  • These functions can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the specific structure of the communication device may include a processing unit 801 and a receiving unit 802.
  • the processing unit 801 is configured to: determine the number of bits of the second control information; determine the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, where the first time-frequency resource Is the time-frequency resource indicated by the first control information, and the second time-frequency resource is used to carry the resource of the modulation symbol encoded by the second control information;
  • the receiving unit 802 is configured to receive the second control information on the second time-frequency resource.
  • the first control information and the second control information are located on the same time unit; the time domain position of the second control information on the time unit is not earlier than the first control information The time domain position of the information on the time unit.
  • the processing unit 801 determines the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, it is specifically configured to: determine the number of bits of the first data, The number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information; according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information Determine the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information; determine a second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information.
  • the processing unit 801 is based on the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, When determining the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information, it is specifically used to: according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information
  • the number of subcarriers of the information determines the first parameter; the second parameter is determined according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information; the minimum value of the first parameter and the second parameter is determined to be The number of modulation symbols after the second control information is encoded.
  • the processing unit 801 determines according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information.
  • the first parameter is specifically used for: according to the first adjustment factor and the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information , Determine a first parameter, wherein the first adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the first adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than or equal to 1.
  • the processing unit 801 is further configured to indicate the first adjustment factor through the first control information.
  • the first parameter satisfies the following relationship:
  • Q1 represents the first parameter
  • f represents a function related to the number of bits of the second control information
  • h represents the number of bits of the first data
  • g represents the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information.
  • O SCI2 represents the number of bits of the second control information
  • L SCI2 is the length of the cyclic redundancy check CRC bit of the second control information
  • s represents the first adjustment factor
  • O SCI2 (s) represents the number of bits of the second control information determined based on the transmission mode of the first data
  • the processing unit 801 determines the second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, it is specifically configured to: Determine a second parameter based on the number of subcarriers for transmitting the second control information, wherein the second adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the second adjustment factor is greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1. Positive real number.
  • the processing unit 801 is further configured to indicate the second adjustment factor through the first control information.
  • the second parameter satisfies the following relationship:
  • J represents the second parameter
  • g represents the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information
  • s represents the second adjustment factor
  • represents the second adjustment factor
  • W represents all The number of subcarriers used to transmit designated information on the first time-frequency resource.
  • the second control information indicates that the transmission mode of the first data is unicast, multicast, or broadcast.
  • the first time-frequency resource does not include at least one of the following: the first time unit on the first orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel. Carrier; the subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit; the subcarrier on the OFDM symbol occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit; the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located The subcarrier on the previous first OFDM symbol; the subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located; the OFDM symbol on the first time unit where the feedback information is located Subcarrier number on the first OFDM symbol afterwards; subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information; subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel; occupied by the phase tracking reference signal Sub-carriers of; sub-carriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal; sub-carriers occupied by the first control information.
  • the time-frequency resource determined by the processing unit 801 according to the second parameter does not include at least one of the following: the first OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel on the first time unit The sub-carrier on the first time unit; the sub-carrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit; the sub-carrier on the OFDM symbol occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit; the location of the feedback information on the first time unit
  • the first control information is the first side uplink control information SCI
  • the second control information is the second SCI
  • the first time-frequency resource is the physical side uplink shared channel PSSCH resources.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device.
  • the communication device includes a transmitter 901 and a processor 902.
  • the processor 902 is coupled with the transmitter 901, for example, connected via a bus 903.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device.
  • the communication device includes a receiver 1001 and a processor 1002.
  • the processor 1002 is coupled with the receiver 1001, for example, connected via a bus 1003.
  • the processor 1002 and the receiver 1001 cooperate to be able to perform corresponding functions performed by the receiving device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device.
  • the communication device includes a processor 1101 and a memory 1102; the memory 1102 is used to store computer execution instructions; the processor 1101 is used to execute The computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 1102 enable the communication device to execute the method executed by the sending device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device.
  • the communication device includes a processor 1201 and a memory 1202; the memory 1202 is used to store computer execution instructions; the processor 1201 is used to execute The computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 1202 enable the communication device to execute the method executed by the receiving device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the processor (such as the processor 1101, the processor 1201) in the communication device provided in the embodiment of the present application may include a central processing unit (CPU) or an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), and may include one
  • the or multiple integrated circuits used to control program execution may include hardware circuits developed using Field Programmable Gate Array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), and may include baseband chips.
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • the memory (such as the memory 1102, the memory 1202) provided in the embodiments of the present application may include a read only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a disk memory, and so on.
  • the memory can be used to store program codes required by the processor to perform tasks, and can also be used to store data and the like.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, including a processor and an interface circuit; the interface circuit is configured to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor; the processor runs the code instructions To execute the method executed by the sending device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, including a processor and an interface circuit; the interface circuit is configured to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor; the processor runs the code instructions To execute the method executed by the sending device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a readable storage medium, the readable storage medium is used to store instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the method executed by the sending device in the foregoing method embodiment Be realized.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a readable storage medium, the readable storage medium is used to store instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the method executed by the receiving device in the foregoing method embodiment Be realized.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, which is coupled with a memory, and is used to read and execute the program instructions stored in the memory to implement the control performed by the sending device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • Information delivery method is used to read and execute the program instructions stored in the memory to implement the control performed by the sending device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, which is coupled with a memory, and is used to read and execute the program instructions stored in the memory to implement the control performed by the receiving device in the above method embodiment.
  • Information receiving method is used to read and execute the program instructions stored in the memory to implement the control performed by the receiving device in the above method embodiment.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product stores instructions that, when running on a computer, cause the computer to execute the same as described by the sending device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the executed control information transmission method is not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to control information transmission method.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method as described by the receiving device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the executed control information receiving method is not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to the method.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, including a sending device and a receiving device, the sending device is configured to execute the control information sending method performed by the sending device in the foregoing method embodiment, and the receiving device It is used to execute the control information receiving method executed by the receiving device in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device provided in the embodiment of the present application can be used to execute the above-mentioned control information sending method or receiving method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above-mentioned method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • this application can be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Therefore, this application may adopt the form of a complete hardware embodiment, a complete software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, this application may adopt the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) containing computer-usable program codes.
  • computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
  • These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can guide a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device.
  • the device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.

Abstract

The present application discloses a control information sending method and receiving method, and a communication apparatus, which can be applied to a communication system, such as a V2X, an LTE-V, a V2V, an Internet of Vehicles, an MTC, an Internet of Things, an LTE-M, and an M2M communication system, and are used to determine transmission resources of second-level control information, so that data transmission is implemented between a sending device and a receiving device according to the second-level control information. The method comprises: determining the number of bits of second control information; determining second time-frequency resources in first time-frequency resources according to the number of bits of the second control information, wherein the first time-frequency resources are time-frequency resources indicated by the first control information, and the second time-frequency resources are used to bear resources of a coded modulation symbol of the second control information; and sending the second control information on the second time-frequency resources.

Description

一种控制信息发送方法、接收方法和通信装置Control information sending method, receiving method and communication device 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及移动通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种控制信息发送方法、接收方法和通信装置。This application relates to the field of mobile communication technology, and in particular, to a method for sending control information, a method for receiving, and a communication device.
背景技术Background technique
设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信、车与车(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)通信、车与行人(vehicle to pedestrian,V2P)通信或车与基建/网络(vehicle to infrastructure/network,V2I/N)通信是终端设备(terminal device)之间直接进行通信的技术,V2V、V2P以及V2I/N统称为V2X(vehicle to everything,V2X),即车与任何事物相通信。Device to device (D2D) communication, vehicle to vehicle (V2V) communication, vehicle to pedestrian (V2P) communication, or vehicle to infrastructure/network (V2I/ N) Communication is a technology for direct communication between terminal devices. V2V, V2P, and V2I/N are collectively referred to as V2X (vehicle to everything, V2X), that is, the vehicle communicates with anything.
在(new radio,NR)-V2X的讨论过程中,目前第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)在讨论侧行链路控制信息(sidelink control information,SCI)与数据一起发的方式。然而目前标准没有确定如何确定第二级SCI的传输资源。如果第二级SCI的传输资源不能够有效地确定,则发射机不知道如何发送,接收机也不知道相应的接收。整个侧行的通信链路建立不起来。In the discussion of (new radio, NR)-V2X, the current 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) is discussing the way in which sidelink control information (SCI) is sent together with data . However, the current standard does not determine how to determine the transmission resources of the second level SCI. If the transmission resources of the second-level SCI cannot be determined effectively, the transmitter does not know how to send, and the receiver does not know the corresponding reception. The communication link of the entire sidewalk cannot be established.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种控制信息发送方法、接收方法和通信装置,可以应用于通信系统,例如V2X、车与车(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)、长期演进车与车通信(long term evolution-vehicle to vehicle,LTE-V2V)、车联网、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)系统、物联网(Internet of things,IoT)、长期演进机器到机器通信(long term evolution-machine to machine,LTE-M2M),机器与机器(machine to machine,M2M)等通信系统,用于确定第二级控制信息的传输资源,以便发送设备和接收设备之间根据该第二级控制信息实现数据传输。The embodiments of the present application provide a control information sending method, receiving method, and communication device, which can be applied to communication systems, such as V2X, vehicle to vehicle (V2V), and long term evolution-vehicle communication. to vehicle, LTE-V2V), car networking, machine type communication (MTC) systems, Internet of things (IoT), long term evolution-machine to machine communication (long term evolution-machine to machine, LTE- M2M), a communication system such as machine to machine (M2M), is used to determine the transmission resources of the second-level control information, so that the sending device and the receiving device can realize data transmission according to the second-level control information.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种控制信息发送方法,该方法可由发送设备执行。该方法包括:In the first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for sending control information, and the method can be executed by a sending device. The method includes:
确定第二控制信息的比特数;Determining the number of bits of the second control information;
根据所述第二控制信息的比特数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源,其中,所述第一时频资源为第一控制信息指示的时频资源,所述第二时频资源用于承载所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号的资源;The second time-frequency resource is determined in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, where the first time-frequency resource is the time-frequency resource indicated by the first control information, and the second time-frequency resource is The resource is used to carry the resource of the modulation symbol encoded by the second control information;
在所述第二时频资源上发送所述第二控制信息。Sending the second control information on the second time-frequency resource.
本申请实施例中,发送设备可以根据第二控制信息的比特数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源,从而发送设备可以明确在第一时频资源中的第二时频资源上发送第二控制信息,使得发送设备可以根据第二控制信息实现数据发送,以便发送设备和接收设备之间根据两级控制信息(即第一控制信息和第二控制信息)实现数据传输,保证通信的可靠性。In the embodiment of the present application, the sending device can determine the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, so that the sending device can determine the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource. Sending the second control information, so that the sending device can realize data transmission according to the second control information, so that the sending device and the receiving device can realize data transmission according to the two-level control information (that is, the first control information and the second control information) to ensure communication Reliability.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一控制信息和所述第二控制信息位于同一时间单元上,所述时间单元可以是时隙、子帧、无线帧、传输时间间隔或者迷你时隙等。In a possible design, the first control information and the second control information are located on the same time unit, and the time unit may be a time slot, a subframe, a radio frame, a transmission time interval, or a mini time slot.
进一步的,所述第二控制信息在所述时间单元上的时域位置不早于所述第一控制信息 在所述时间单元上的时域位置。Further, the time domain position of the second control information on the time unit is no earlier than the time domain position of the first control information on the time unit.
本设计中,明确了第一控制信息和第二控制信息在同一时间单元中的时域位置关系,以便发送设备基于第一控制信息和第二控制信息的时域位置关系在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源。In this design, the time-domain positional relationship between the first control information and the second control information in the same time unit is clarified, so that the time-domain positional relationship of the sending device based on the first control information and the second control information is in the first time-frequency resource To determine the second time-frequency resource.
在一个可能的设计中,根据所述第二控制信息的比特数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源的具体实现方法,可以包括:确定第一数据的比特数、能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数;根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数;根据所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数,在所述第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源。In a possible design, the specific implementation method for determining the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information may include: determining the number of bits of the first data that can be used for transmission The number of subcarriers of the second control information; determining the number of subcarriers based on the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information The number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information; and the second time-frequency resource is determined from the first time-frequency resource according to the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information.
本设计中,先通过确定第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数,然后再基于第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数进一步在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源,保证确定出的第二时频资源能够很好地满足第二控制信息的传输需求。In this design, first determine the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information, and then further determine the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource based on the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information to ensure that the determined The second time-frequency resource can well meet the transmission requirement of the second control information.
在一个可能的设计中,可以根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第一参数;以及,根据所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第二参数;最后确定所述第一参数、所述第二参数中的最小值为所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数。In a possible design, the first parameter may be determined according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information; and , Determining a second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information; finally determining that the minimum value of the first parameter and the second parameter is the encoded second control information Number of modulation symbols.
本设计中,第一参数是根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定出的,所以在将第一参数作为第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数时,可以很好地满足第二控制信息的传输需求;而第二参数是根据能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定,所以在将第二参数作为第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数时,可以避免第二控制信息对第一时频资源的过度占用。而本实施方式最终确定出的来的第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数是第一参数和第二参数中最小的一个,所以可以在兼顾第二控制信息的传输需求的同时,避免第二控制信息对第一时频资源的过度占用,进一步提高通信的可靠性。In this design, the first parameter is determined according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information. When the first parameter is used as the number of modulation symbols after the second control information is encoded, the transmission requirement of the second control information can be well met; and the second parameter is based on the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information It is determined. Therefore, when the second parameter is used as the number of modulation symbols after the second control information is encoded, excessive occupation of the first time-frequency resource by the second control information can be avoided. The number of modulation symbols after encoding the second control information finally determined in this embodiment is the smallest one of the first parameter and the second parameter. Therefore, the second control information transmission requirement can be taken into consideration while avoiding the second parameter. The excessive occupation of the first time-frequency resource by the control information further improves the reliability of communication.
在一个可能的设计中,可以根据第一调整因子和所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定第一参数,其中所述第一调整因子与所述第二控制信息相关,所述第一调整因子为大于或等于1的正实数。In a possible design, it may be based on the first adjustment factor and the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, A first parameter is determined, wherein the first adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the first adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than or equal to 1.
本设计中,在确定第一参数时,引入了第一调整因子,由于第一调整因子为大于或等于1的正实数,相当于放大了第二控制信息对编码后的调制符号数的需求,因此可以更好地保证最终确定出的所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数能够满足所述第二控制信息的传输需求。In this design, when determining the first parameter, the first adjustment factor is introduced. Since the first adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than or equal to 1, it is equivalent to amplifying the requirement of the second control information for the number of encoded modulation symbols. Therefore, it can be better ensured that the finally determined number of modulation symbols after encoding of the second control information can meet the transmission requirement of the second control information.
在一个可能的设计中,为了提高方案的灵活性,可以通过所述第一控制信息指示所述第一调整因子。In a possible design, in order to improve the flexibility of the solution, the first adjustment factor may be indicated through the first control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一参数满足以下关系:In a possible design, the first parameter satisfies the following relationship:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000001
其中,Q1表示所述第一参数,f表示与所述第二控制信息的比特数相关的函数,h表示所述第一数据的比特数,g表示所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数;Wherein, Q1 represents the first parameter, f represents a function related to the number of bits of the second control information, h represents the number of bits of the first data, and g represents the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information. The number of information subcarriers;
其中,所述第二控制信息的比特数相关的函数f满足:Wherein, the function f related to the number of bits of the second control information satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000002
其中,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000003
表示所述第一调整因子,O SCI2表示所述第二控制信息的比特数,L SCI2为所述第二控制信息的循环冗余校验CRC位的长度;s表示所述第一调整因子,O SCI2(s)表示基于第一数据的传输方式确定的所述第二控制信息的比特数,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000004
表示基于第一数据的传输方式确定的所述第一调整因子。
among them,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000003
Represents the first adjustment factor, O SCI2 represents the number of bits of the second control information, L SCI2 is the length of the cyclic redundancy check CRC bit of the second control information; s represents the first adjustment factor, O SCI2 (s) represents the number of bits of the second control information determined based on the transmission mode of the first data,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000004
Represents the first adjustment factor determined based on the transmission mode of the first data.
本设计中,明确了第一参数的计算方式,且第一参数的计算参数的取值(例如第一调整因子)可以和第一数据的传输方式相关,进而使得第二控制信息的编码后的调制符号数可以和第一数据的传输方式相关,最终可以实现不同传输方式下可以有不同的第一参数取值策略,使得最终确定出的第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数更加准确和可靠。In this design, the calculation method of the first parameter is clarified, and the value of the calculation parameter of the first parameter (for example, the first adjustment factor) can be related to the transmission method of the first data, so that the encoded second control information is The number of modulation symbols can be related to the transmission mode of the first data. In the end, different first parameter value strategies can be realized under different transmission modes, so that the final modulation symbol number after encoding the second control information is more accurate and reliable. .
在一个可能的设计中,可以根据第二调整因子和所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定第二参数,其中所述第二调整因子与所述第二控制信息相关,所述第二调整因子为大于0、且小于或等于1的正实数。In a possible design, the second parameter may be determined according to the second adjustment factor and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, where the second adjustment factor and the second control information Related, the second adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1.
本设计中,在确定第二参数时,引入了第二调整因子,由于第二调整因子为大于0、且小于或等于1的正实数,使得第二控制信息对编码后的调制符号数的上限不超过能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,有效避免第二控制信息对第一时频资源的过度。In this design, when determining the second parameter, a second adjustment factor is introduced. Since the second adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1, the second control information has an upper limit on the number of encoded modulation symbols. It does not exceed the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, effectively avoiding the excessive use of the second control information on the first time-frequency resource.
在一个可能的设计中,为了提高方案的灵活性,可以通过所述第一控制信息指示所述第二调整因子。In a possible design, in order to improve the flexibility of the solution, the second adjustment factor may be indicated through the first control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第二参数满足如下关系:In a possible design, the second parameter satisfies the following relationship:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000005
或者
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000005
or
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000006
其中,Q2表示所述第二参数,g表示所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,s表示所述第二调整因子,α表示所述第二调整因子;W表示所述第一时频资源上用于传输指定信息的子载波的数量。Wherein, Q2 represents the second parameter, g represents the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, s represents the second adjustment factor, α represents the second adjustment factor; W represents all The number of subcarriers used to transmit designated information on the first time-frequency resource.
本设计中,明确了第二参数的计算方式,且第二参数的计算参数的取值(例如第二调整因子)可以和第一数据的传输方式相关,进而使得第二控制信息的编码后的调制符号数可以和第一数据的传输方式相关,最终可以实现不同传输方式下可以有不同的第二参数取值策略,使得最终确定出的第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数更加准确和可靠。In this design, the calculation method of the second parameter is clarified, and the value of the calculation parameter of the second parameter (for example, the second adjustment factor) can be related to the transmission method of the first data, so that the second control information is encoded The number of modulation symbols can be related to the transmission mode of the first data. In the end, different second parameter value strategies can be realized under different transmission modes, so that the finally determined number of modulation symbols after encoding the second control information is more accurate and reliable. .
在一个可能的设计中,所述第二控制信息可以指示所述第一数据的传输方式为单播、组播或广播。In a possible design, the second control information may indicate that the transmission mode of the first data is unicast, multicast, or broadcast.
本设计中,在单播、组播和广播传输方式下,第二控制信息可以分别有不同的时频资源确定策略,进一步提高了通信的灵活性和可靠性。In this design, in the unicast, multicast, and broadcast transmission modes, the second control information can have different time-frequency resource determination strategies, which further improves the flexibility and reliability of communication.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一时频资源不包括以下至少一种:In a possible design, the first time-frequency resource does not include at least one of the following:
第一时间单元上用于发送所述第一数据信道的第一个正交频分复用OFDM符号上的子载波;A subcarrier on the first orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel on the first time unit;
所述第一时间单元上的最后一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit;
所述第一时间单元上反馈信息占用的OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarriers on the OFDM symbols occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit;
所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第二个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之后的第一个OFDM符上的子载波号;The subcarrier number on the first OFDM symbol after the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
所述第一控制信息的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information;
所述第一数据信道的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel;
相位跟踪参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the phase tracking reference signal;
信道状态信息参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal;
所述第一控制信息占用的子载波。The subcarrier occupied by the first control information.
本设计中,在从第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源之前,先将预设信息(如AGC、GP、PSFCH等)需要占用的子载波数先排除,进而避免第二控制信息对这些信息的资源进行占用,进一步保证数据传输的可靠性。In this design, before the second time-frequency resource is determined from the first time-frequency resource, the number of subcarriers that need to be occupied by preset information (such as AGC, GP, PSFCH, etc.) is first excluded, thereby avoiding the second control information pairing These information resources are occupied to further ensure the reliability of data transmission.
在一个可能的设计中,根据所述第二参数确定的时频资源不包括以下至少一种:In a possible design, the time-frequency resource determined according to the second parameter does not include at least one of the following:
第一时间单元上用于发送所述第一数据信道的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel in the first time unit;
所述第一时间单元上的最后一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit;
所述第一时间单元上反馈信息占用的OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarriers on the OFDM symbols occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit;
所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第二个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之后的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol after the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
所述第一控制信息的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information;
所述第一数据信道的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel;
相位跟踪参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the phase tracking reference signal;
信道状态信息参考信号占用的子载波;所述第一控制信息占用的子载波。Subcarriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal; subcarriers occupied by the first control information.
本设计中,在计算第一参数时将预设信息(如AGC、GP、PSFCH等)需要占用的子载波数先排除,进而避免第二控制信息对这些信息的资源进行占用,进一步保证数据传输的可靠性。In this design, when calculating the first parameter, the number of subcarriers that the preset information (such as AGC, GP, PSFCH, etc.) needs to be occupied is first excluded, thereby avoiding the second control information from occupying the resources of these information, and further ensuring data transmission Reliability.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一控制信息为第一侧行链路控制信息SCI,所述第二控制信息为第二SCI,所述第一时频资源为物理侧行链路共享信道PSSCH资源。In a possible design, the first control information is the first side uplink control information SCI, the second control information is the second SCI, and the first time-frequency resource is the physical side uplink shared channel PSSCH resources.
本设计中,明确了侧行传输场景中第二SCI的资源确定策略,进而保证通过两级SCI调度的侧行数据的可靠传输。In this design, the resource determination strategy of the second SCI in the side-line transmission scenario is clarified, so as to ensure the reliable transmission of the side-line data scheduled through the two-level SCI.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种控制信息接收方法,该方法可由接收设备执行。该方法包括:确定第二控制信息的比特数;根据所述第二控制信息的比特数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源,其中,所述第一时频资源为第一控制信息指示的时频资源,所述第二时频资源用于承载所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号的资源;在所述第二时频资源上接收所述第二控制信息。In the second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for receiving control information, which may be executed by a receiving device. The method includes: determining the number of bits of second control information; determining a second time-frequency resource in a first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, wherein the first time-frequency resource is a first control The time-frequency resource indicated by the information, where the second time-frequency resource is used to carry the resource of the modulation symbol encoded by the second control information; and the second control information is received on the second time-frequency resource.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一控制信息和所述第二控制信息位于同一时间单元上;所述第二控制信息在所述时间单元上的时域位置不早于所述第一控制信息在所述时间单元上的时域位置。In a possible design, the first control information and the second control information are located on the same time unit; the time domain position of the second control information on the time unit is not earlier than the first control information The time domain position of the information on the time unit.
在一个可能的设计中,根据所述第二控制信息的比特数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源,包括:确定第一数据的比特数、能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数;根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制 信息的子载波数,确定所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数;根据所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数,在所述第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源。In a possible design, determining the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information includes: determining the number of bits of the first data that can be used to transmit the second control information The number of subcarriers of information; the second control information is determined according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information The number of coded modulation symbols; according to the number of coded modulation symbols of the second control information, a second time-frequency resource is determined from the first time-frequency resource.
在一个可能的设计中,根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数,包括:根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第一参数;根据所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第二参数;确定所述第一参数、所述第二参数中的最小值为所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数。In a possible design, the second control information is determined according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information. The number of modulation symbols after information encoding includes: determining the first parameter according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information ; Determine the second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information; determine that the minimum value of the first parameter and the second parameter is the modulation after the second control information is encoded Symbol number.
在一个可能的设计中,根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第一参数,包括:根据第一调整因子和所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定第一参数,其中所述第一调整因子与所述第二控制信息相关,所述第一调整因子为大于或等于1的正实数。In a possible design, determining the first parameter according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information includes: The first parameter is determined according to the first adjustment factor and the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, wherein the The first adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the first adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than or equal to 1.
在一个可能的设计中,通过所述第一控制信息指示所述第一调整因子。In a possible design, the first adjustment factor is indicated through the first control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一参数满足以下关系:In a possible design, the first parameter satisfies the following relationship:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000007
其中,Q1表示所述第一参数,f表示与所述第二控制信息的比特数相关的函数,h表示所述第一数据的比特数,g表示所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数;Wherein, Q1 represents the first parameter, f represents a function related to the number of bits of the second control information, h represents the number of bits of the first data, and g represents the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information. The number of information subcarriers;
其中,所述第二控制信息的比特数相关的函数f满足:Wherein, the function f related to the number of bits of the second control information satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000008
or
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000009
其中,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000010
表示所述第一调整因子,O SCI2表示所述第二控制信息的比特数,L SCI2为所述第二控制信息的循环冗余校验CRC位的长度;s表示所述第一调整因子,O SCI2(s)表示基于第一数据的传输方式确定的所述第二控制信息的比特数,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000011
表示基于第一数据的传输方式确定的所述第一调整因子。
among them,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000010
Represents the first adjustment factor, O SCI2 represents the number of bits of the second control information, L SCI2 is the length of the cyclic redundancy check CRC bit of the second control information; s represents the first adjustment factor, O SCI2 (s) represents the number of bits of the second control information determined based on the transmission mode of the first data,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000011
Represents the first adjustment factor determined based on the transmission mode of the first data.
在一个可能的设计中,根据所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第二参数,包括:根据第二调整因子和所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定第二参数,其中所述第二调整因子与所述第二控制信息相关,所述第二调整因子为大于0、且小于或等于1的正实数。In a possible design, determining the second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information includes: according to a second adjustment factor and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information The number of subcarriers determines a second parameter, where the second adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the second adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1.
在一个可能的设计中,通过所述第一控制信息指示所述第二调整因子。In a possible design, the second adjustment factor is indicated through the first control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第二参数满足如下关系:In a possible design, the second parameter satisfies the following relationship:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000012
或者
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000012
or
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000013
其中,Q2表示所述第二参数,g表示所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,s表示所述第二调整因子,α表示所述第二调整因子;W表示所述第一时频资源上用于传输指定信息的子载波的数量。Wherein, Q2 represents the second parameter, g represents the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, s represents the second adjustment factor, α represents the second adjustment factor; W represents all The number of subcarriers used to transmit designated information on the first time-frequency resource.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第二控制信息指示所述第一数据的传输方式为单播、组播或广播。In a possible design, the second control information indicates that the transmission mode of the first data is unicast, multicast, or broadcast.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一时频资源不包括以下至少一种:In a possible design, the first time-frequency resource does not include at least one of the following:
第一时间单元上用于发送所述第一数据信道的第一个正交频分复用OFDM符号上的子载波;A subcarrier on the first orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel on the first time unit;
所述第一时间单元上的最后一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit;
所述第一时间单元上反馈信息占用的OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarriers on the OFDM symbols occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit;
所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第二个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之后的第一个OFDM符上的子载波号;The subcarrier number on the first OFDM symbol after the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
所述第一控制信息的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information;
所述第一数据信道的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel;
相位跟踪参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the phase tracking reference signal;
信道状态信息参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal;
所述第一控制信息占用的子载波。The subcarrier occupied by the first control information.
在一个可能的设计中,根据所述第二参数确定的时频资源不包括以下至少一种:In a possible design, the time-frequency resource determined according to the second parameter does not include at least one of the following:
第一时间单元上用于发送所述第一数据信道的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel in the first time unit;
所述第一时间单元上的最后一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit;
所述第一时间单元上反馈信息占用的OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarriers on the OFDM symbols occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit;
所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第二个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之后的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol after the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
所述第一控制信息的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information;
所述第一数据信道的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel;
相位跟踪参考信号占用的子载波;信道状态信息参考信号占用的子载波;Sub-carriers occupied by the phase tracking reference signal; sub-carriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal;
所述第一控制信息占用的子载波。The subcarrier occupied by the first control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一控制信息为第一侧行链路控制信息SCI,所述第二控制信息为第二SCI,所述第一时频资源为物理侧行链路共享信道PSSCH资源。In a possible design, the first control information is the first side uplink control information SCI, the second control information is the second SCI, and the first time-frequency resource is the physical side uplink shared channel PSSCH resources.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置。该通信装置具有实现上述方法设计中发送设备的功能。这些功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。In the third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. The communication device has the function of realizing the sending device in the above method design. These functions can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
在一个可能的设计中,通信装置的具体结构可包括处理单元和发送单元;In a possible design, the specific structure of the communication device may include a processing unit and a sending unit;
所述处理单元用于:确定第二控制信息的比特数;根据所述第二控制信息的比特数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源,其中,所述第一时频资源为第一控制信息指示的时频资源,所述第二时频资源用于承载所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号的资源;The processing unit is configured to: determine the number of bits of the second control information; determine the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, where the first time-frequency resource is The time-frequency resource indicated by the first control information, where the second time-frequency resource is used to carry the resource of the modulation symbol encoded by the second control information;
所述发送单元用于:在所述第二时频资源上发送所述第二控制信息。The sending unit is configured to send the second control information on the second time-frequency resource.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一控制信息和所述第二控制信息位于同一时间单元上; 所述第二控制信息在所述时间单元上的时域位置不早于所述第一控制信息在所述时间单元上的时域位置。In a possible design, the first control information and the second control information are located on the same time unit; the time domain position of the second control information on the time unit is not earlier than the first control information The time domain position of the information on the time unit.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元在根据所述第二控制信息的比特数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源时,具体用于:确定第一数据的比特数、能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数;根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数;根据所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数,在所述第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源。In a possible design, when the processing unit determines the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, it is specifically configured to: determine the number of bits of the first data, The number of subcarriers used to transmit the second control information; according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information , Determine the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information; determine a second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元在根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数时,具体用于:根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第一参数;根据所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第二参数;确定所述第一参数、所述第二参数中的最小值为所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数。In a possible design, the processing unit determines according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information. The number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information is specifically used to: according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information Determine the first parameter according to the number of subcarriers in the second control information; determine the second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information; determine that the minimum value of the first parameter and the second parameter is The number of modulation symbols after the second control information is coded.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元在根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第一参数时,具体用于:根据第一调整因子和所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定第一参数,其中所述第一调整因子与所述第二控制信息相关,所述第一调整因子为大于或等于1的正实数。In a possible design, the processing unit determines the first data according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information. A parameter is specifically used for: according to the first adjustment factor and the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, A first parameter is determined, wherein the first adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the first adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than or equal to 1.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元还用于:通过所述第一控制信息指示所述第一调整因子。In a possible design, the processing unit is further configured to indicate the first adjustment factor through the first control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一参数满足以下关系:In a possible design, the first parameter satisfies the following relationship:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000014
其中,Q1表示所述第一参数,f表示与所述第二控制信息的比特数相关的函数,h表示所述第一数据的比特数,g表示所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数;Wherein, Q1 represents the first parameter, f represents a function related to the number of bits of the second control information, h represents the number of bits of the first data, and g represents the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information. The number of information subcarriers;
其中,所述第二控制信息的比特数相关的函数f满足:Wherein, the function f related to the number of bits of the second control information satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000015
其中,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000016
表示所述第一调整因子,O SCI2表示所述第二控制信息的比特数,L SCI2为所述第二控制信息的循环冗余校验CRC位的长度;s表示所述第一调整因子,O SCI2(s)表示基于第一数据的传输方式确定的所述第二控制信息的比特数,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000017
表示基于第一数据的传输方式确定的所述第一调整因子。
among them,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000016
Represents the first adjustment factor, O SCI2 represents the number of bits of the second control information, L SCI2 is the length of the cyclic redundancy check CRC bit of the second control information; s represents the first adjustment factor, O SCI2 (s) represents the number of bits of the second control information determined based on the transmission mode of the first data,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000017
Represents the first adjustment factor determined based on the transmission mode of the first data.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元在根据所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第二参数时,具体用于:根据第二调整因子和所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定第二参数,其中所述第二调整因子与所述第二控制信息相关,所述第二调整因子为大于0、且小于或等于1的正实数。In a possible design, when the processing unit determines the second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, it is specifically configured to: according to the second adjustment factor and the number of subcarriers that can be used The number of subcarriers for transmitting the second control information is determined, and a second parameter is determined, wherein the second adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the second adjustment factor is a positive value greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1. Real number.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元还用于:通过所述第一控制信息指示所述第二调整因子。In a possible design, the processing unit is further configured to indicate the second adjustment factor through the first control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第二参数满足如下关系:In a possible design, the second parameter satisfies the following relationship:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000018
或者
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000018
or
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000019
其中,J表示所述第二参数,g表示所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数, s表示所述第二调整因子,α表示所述第二调整因子;W表示所述第一时频资源上用于传输指定信息的子载波的数量。Where J represents the second parameter, g represents the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, s represents the second adjustment factor, α represents the second adjustment factor; W represents all The number of subcarriers used to transmit designated information on the first time-frequency resource.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第二控制信息指示所述第一数据的传输方式为单播、组播或广播。In a possible design, the second control information indicates that the transmission mode of the first data is unicast, multicast, or broadcast.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一时频资源不包括以下至少一种:第一时间单元上用于发送所述第一数据信道的第一个正交频分复用OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上的最后一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息占用的OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第二个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之后的第一个OFDM符上的子载波号;所述第一控制信息的解调参考信号占用的子载波;所述第一数据信道的解调参考信号占用的子载波;相位跟踪参考信号占用的子载波;信道状态信息参考信号占用的子载波;所述第一控制信息占用的子载波。In a possible design, the first time-frequency resource does not include at least one of the following: the first time unit on the first orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel. Carrier; the subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit; the subcarrier on the OFDM symbol occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit; the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located The subcarrier on the previous first OFDM symbol; the subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located; the OFDM symbol on the first time unit where the feedback information is located Subcarrier number on the first OFDM symbol afterwards; subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information; subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel; occupied by the phase tracking reference signal Sub-carriers of; sub-carriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal; sub-carriers occupied by the first control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元根据所述第二参数确定的时频资源不包括以下至少一种:第一时间单元上用于发送所述第一数据信道的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上的最后一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息占用的OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第二个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之后的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一控制信息的解调参考信号占用的子载波;所述第一数据信道的解调参考信号占用的子载波;相位跟踪参考信号占用的子载波;信道状态信息参考信号占用的子载波;所述第一控制信息占用的子载波。In a possible design, the time-frequency resource determined by the processing unit according to the second parameter does not include at least one of the following: on the first time unit used to transmit the first OFDM symbol of the first data channel The subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit; the subcarrier on the OFDM symbol occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit; the subcarrier on the OFDM symbol on the first time unit where the feedback information is located The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol; the subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located; the subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located; The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol after the OFDM symbol; the subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information; the subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel; the phase tracking reference signal Occupied subcarriers; subcarriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal; subcarriers occupied by the first control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一控制信息为第一侧行链路控制信息SCI,所述第二控制信息为第二SCI,所述第一时频资源为物理侧行链路共享信道PSSCH资源。In a possible design, the first control information is the first side uplink control information SCI, the second control information is the second SCI, and the first time-frequency resource is the physical side uplink shared channel PSSCH resources.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置。该通信装置具有实现上述方法设计中接收设备的功能。这些功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. The communication device has the function of realizing the receiving device in the above method design. These functions can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
例如,通信装置的具体结构可包括处理单元和接收单元;For example, the specific structure of the communication device may include a processing unit and a receiving unit;
所述处理单元用于:确定第二控制信息的比特数;根据所述第二控制信息的比特数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源,其中,所述第一时频资源为第一控制信息指示的时频资源,所述第二时频资源用于承载所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号的资源;The processing unit is configured to: determine the number of bits of the second control information; determine the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, where the first time-frequency resource is The time-frequency resource indicated by the first control information, where the second time-frequency resource is used to carry the resource of the modulation symbol encoded by the second control information;
所述接收单元用于:在所述第二时频资源上接收所述第二控制信息。The receiving unit is configured to receive the second control information on the second time-frequency resource.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一控制信息和所述第二控制信息位于同一时间单元上;所述第二控制信息在所述时间单元上的时域位置不早于所述第一控制信息在所述时间单元上的时域位置。In a possible design, the first control information and the second control information are located on the same time unit; the time domain position of the second control information on the time unit is not earlier than the first control information The time domain position of the information on the time unit.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元在根据所述第二控制信息的比特数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源时,具体用于:确定第一数据的比特数、能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数;根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数;根据所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数,在所述第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源。In a possible design, when the processing unit determines the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, it is specifically configured to: determine the number of bits of the first data, The number of subcarriers used to transmit the second control information; according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information , Determine the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information; determine a second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元在根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数时,具体用于:根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第一参数;根据所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第二参数;确定所述第一参数、所述第二参数中的最小值为所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数。In a possible design, the processing unit determines according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information. The number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information is specifically used to: according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information Determine the first parameter according to the number of subcarriers in the second control information; determine the second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information; determine that the minimum value of the first parameter and the second parameter is The number of modulation symbols after the second control information is coded.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元在根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第一参数时,具体用于:根据第一调整因子和所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定第一参数,其中所述第一调整因子与所述第二控制信息相关,所述第一调整因子为大于或等于1的正实数。In a possible design, the processing unit determines the first data according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information. A parameter is specifically used for: according to the first adjustment factor and the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, A first parameter is determined, wherein the first adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the first adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than or equal to 1.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元还用于:通过所述第一控制信息指示所述第一调整因子。In a possible design, the processing unit is further configured to indicate the first adjustment factor through the first control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一参数满足以下关系:In a possible design, the first parameter satisfies the following relationship:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000020
其中,Q1表示所述第一参数,f表示与所述第二控制信息的比特数相关的函数,h表示所述第一数据的比特数,g表示所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数;Wherein, Q1 represents the first parameter, f represents a function related to the number of bits of the second control information, h represents the number of bits of the first data, and g represents the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information. The number of information subcarriers;
其中,所述第二控制信息的比特数相关的函数f满足:Wherein, the function f related to the number of bits of the second control information satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000021
or
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000022
其中,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000023
表示所述第一调整因子,O SCI2表示所述第二控制信息的比特数,L SCI2为所述第二控制信息的循环冗余校验CRC位的长度;s表示所述第一调整因子,O SCI2(s)表示基于第一数据的传输方式确定的所述第二控制信息的比特数,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000024
表示基于第一数据的传输方式确定的所述第一调整因子。
among them,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000023
Represents the first adjustment factor, O SCI2 represents the number of bits of the second control information, L SCI2 is the length of the cyclic redundancy check CRC bit of the second control information; s represents the first adjustment factor, O SCI2 (s) represents the number of bits of the second control information determined based on the transmission mode of the first data,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000024
Represents the first adjustment factor determined based on the transmission mode of the first data.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元在根据所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第二参数时,具体用于:根据第二调整因子和所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定第二参数,其中所述第二调整因子与所述第二控制信息相关,所述第二调整因子为大于0、且小于或等于1的正实数。In a possible design, when the processing unit determines the second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, it is specifically configured to: according to the second adjustment factor and the number of subcarriers that can be used The number of subcarriers for transmitting the second control information is determined, and a second parameter is determined, wherein the second adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the second adjustment factor is a positive value greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1. Real number.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元还用于:通过所述第一控制信息指示所述第二调整因子。In a possible design, the processing unit is further configured to indicate the second adjustment factor through the first control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第二参数满足如下关系:In a possible design, the second parameter satisfies the following relationship:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000025
或者
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000025
or
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000026
其中,J表示所述第二参数,g表示所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,s表示所述第二调整因子,α表示所述第二调整因子;W表示所述第一时频资源上用于传输指定信息的子载波的数量。Where J represents the second parameter, g represents the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, s represents the second adjustment factor, α represents the second adjustment factor; W represents all The number of subcarriers used to transmit designated information on the first time-frequency resource.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第二控制信息指示所述第一数据的传输方式为单播、组播或广播。In a possible design, the second control information indicates that the transmission mode of the first data is unicast, multicast, or broadcast.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一时频资源不包括以下至少一种:第一时间单元上用于发送所述第一数据信道的第一个正交频分复用OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上的最后一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息占用的OFDM符号 上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第二个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之后的第一个OFDM符上的子载波号;所述第一控制信息的解调参考信号占用的子载波;所述第一数据信道的解调参考信号占用的子载波;相位跟踪参考信号占用的子载波;信道状态信息参考信号占用的子载波;所述第一控制信息占用的子载波。In a possible design, the first time-frequency resource does not include at least one of the following: the first time unit on the first orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel. Carrier; the subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit; the subcarrier on the OFDM symbol occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit; the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located The subcarrier on the previous first OFDM symbol; the subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located; the OFDM symbol on the first time unit where the feedback information is located Subcarrier number on the first OFDM symbol afterwards; subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information; subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel; occupied by the phase tracking reference signal Sub-carriers of; sub-carriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal; sub-carriers occupied by the first control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元根据所述第二参数确定的时频资源不包括以下至少一种:第一时间单元上用于发送所述第一数据信道的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上的最后一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息占用的OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第二个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之后的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一控制信息的解调参考信号占用的子载波;所述第一数据信道的解调参考信号占用的子载波;相位跟踪参考信号占用的子载波;信道状态信息参考信号占用的子载波;所述第一控制信息占用的子载波。In a possible design, the time-frequency resource determined by the processing unit according to the second parameter does not include at least one of the following: on the first time unit used to transmit the first OFDM symbol of the first data channel The subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit; the subcarrier on the OFDM symbol occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit; the subcarrier on the OFDM symbol on the first time unit where the feedback information is located The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol; the subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located; the subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located; The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol after the OFDM symbol; the subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information; the subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel; the phase tracking reference signal Occupied subcarriers; subcarriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal; subcarriers occupied by the first control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一控制信息为第一侧行链路控制信息SCI,所述第二控制信息为第二SCI,所述第一时频资源为物理侧行链路共享信道PSSCH资源。In a possible design, the first control information is the first side uplink control information SCI, the second control information is the second SCI, and the first time-frequency resource is the physical side uplink shared channel PSSCH resources.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括:发送器以及处理器,处理器与发送器耦合,例如通过总线连接。其中,处理器与发送器配合能够执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中发送设备所执行的方法。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. The communication device includes a transmitter and a processor. The processor and the transmitter are coupled, for example, connected via a bus. Wherein, the processor and the transmitter can cooperate to execute the method executed by the transmitting device in the first aspect or any one of the possible designs of the first aspect.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括:接收器以及处理器,处理器与接收器耦合,例如通过总线连接。其中,处理器与接收器配合能够执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的设计中接收设备所执行的方法。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. The communication device includes a receiver and a processor. The processor and the receiver are coupled, for example, connected via a bus. Wherein, the processor and the receiver can cooperate to execute the method executed by the receiving device in the second aspect or any one of the possible designs of the second aspect.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括处理器和存储器;所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令;所述处理器用于执行所述存储器所存储的计算机执行指令,以使所述通信装置执行如上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中发送设备所执行的方法。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device including a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions; the processor is used to execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the The communication device executes the method executed by the sending device in the foregoing first aspect or any one of the possible designs of the first aspect.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括处理器和存储器;所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令;所述处理器用于执行所述存储器所存储的计算机执行指令,以使所述通信装置执行如上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的设计中接收设备所执行的方法。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device including a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions; the processor is used to execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the The communication device executes the method executed by the receiving device in the above-mentioned second aspect or any one of the possible designs of the second aspect.
第九方面,本申请实施提供一种通信装置,包括处理器和接口电路;所述接口电路,用于接收代码指令并传输至所述处理器;所述处理器运行所述代码指令以执行如上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中发送设备所执行的方法。In a ninth aspect, the implementation of this application provides a communication device, including a processor and an interface circuit; the interface circuit is configured to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor; the processor runs the code instructions to execute such as The method executed by the sending device in the foregoing first aspect or any one of the possible designs of the first aspect.
第十方面,本申请实施提供一种通信装置,包括处理器和接口电路;所述接口电路,用于接收代码指令并传输至所述处理器;所述处理器运行所述代码指令以执行如上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的设计中接收设备所执行的方法。In a tenth aspect, the implementation of this application provides a communication device, including a processor and an interface circuit; the interface circuit is configured to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor; the processor runs the code instructions to execute such as The method executed by the receiving device in the foregoing second aspect or any one of the possible designs of the second aspect.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质用于存储指令,当所述指令被执行时,使如上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中发送设备所执行的方法被实现。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a readable storage medium, the readable storage medium is used to store instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the first aspect or any one of the first aspects is The method implemented by the sending device in a possible design is implemented.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质用于存储指令,当所述指令被执行时,使如上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的设计中接收设备所执行的方法被实现。In a twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a readable storage medium, the readable storage medium is used to store instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the second aspect or any one of the second aspects described above The method performed by the receiving device in a possible design is implemented.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,所述芯片与存储器耦合,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令,实现如上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计所提供的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, which is coupled to a memory, and is used to read and execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement any one of the above-mentioned first aspect or the first aspect Possible design methods provided.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,所述芯片与存储器耦合,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令,实现如上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的设计所提供的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, which is coupled with a memory, and is used to read and execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement any one of the above-mentioned second aspect or the second aspect Possible design methods provided.
第十五方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计所提供的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided. The computer program product stores instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first aspect or the first aspect. The method provided by the design.
第十六方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的设计所提供的方法。In a sixteenth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided. The computer program product stores instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned second aspect or the second aspect. The method provided by the design.
第十七方面,提供一种通信系统,包括发送设备和接收设备,所述发送设备用于执行如上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计所提供的方法,所述接收设备用于执行如上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的设计所提供的方法。In a seventeenth aspect, a communication system is provided, including a sending device and a receiving device, the sending device is configured to execute the method provided in the above-mentioned first aspect or any one of the possible designs of the first aspect, the receiving device It is used to implement the method provided in the above-mentioned second aspect or any one of the possible designs of the second aspect.
本申请实施例中,给出了两级控制信息调度数据的场景中,发送设备确定第二控制信息的传输资源的方法和接收设备确定第二控制信息的传输资源的方法,使得发送设备和接收设备可以根据第二控制信息实现数据传输,保证通信的可靠性。In the embodiment of the present application, in the scenario of two-level control information scheduling data, the method for the sending device to determine the transmission resource of the second control information and the method for the receiving device to determine the transmission resource of the second control information, so that the sending device and the receiving device The device can realize data transmission according to the second control information to ensure the reliability of communication.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信系统网络架构的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system network architecture provided by an embodiment of this application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的另一种无线通信系统网络架构的示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of another wireless communication system network architecture provided by an embodiment of the application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的又一种无线通信系统网络架构的示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another wireless communication system network architecture provided by an embodiment of this application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种控制信息发送方法的流程图;FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a method for sending control information according to an embodiment of the application;
图5A、图5B、图5C、图5D为第一时频资源的示意图;5A, 5B, 5C, and 5D are schematic diagrams of the first time-frequency resource;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种控制信息接收方法的流程图;FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a method for receiving control information according to an embodiment of the application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
目前,移动通信技术支持通过两级控制信息进行数据调度。应理解,所述控制信息可以是下行链路控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)、上行链路控制信息(uplink  control information,UCI)或者侧行链路控制信息(sidelink control information,SCI)等等。Currently, mobile communication technology supports data scheduling through two-level control information. It should be understood that the control information may be downlink control information (DCI), uplink control information (UCI), or sidelink control information (SCI), etc. .
以SCI为例,NR—V2X的讨论过程中,目前3GPP在讨论两级SCI与数据一起发的方式。然而目前标准没有确定如何确定第二级SCI的传输资源。如果第二级SCI的传输资源不能够有效地确定,则发射机(或者说发送设备)不知道如何发送,接收机(或者说接收设备)也不知道相应的接收。整个侧行的通信链路建立不起来。Take SCI as an example. During the discussion of NR-V2X, 3GPP is currently discussing the way in which two-level SCI and data are sent together. However, the current standard does not determine how to determine the transmission resources of the second level SCI. If the transmission resources of the second-level SCI cannot be effectively determined, the transmitter (or the sending device) does not know how to send, and the receiver (or the receiving device) does not know the corresponding reception. The communication link of the entire sidewalk cannot be established.
鉴于此,本申请实施例提供一种控制信息发送方法、接收方法和通信装置,可以应用于多种通信系统,用于确定两级控制信息中的第二级控制信息的传输资源,以便发送设备和接收设备之间根据两级控制信息实现数据传输。In view of this, the embodiments of the present application provide a control information sending method, receiving method, and communication device, which can be applied to various communication systems and used to determine the transmission resource of the second-level control information in the two-level control information so as to send equipment Data transmission is realized between the receiving device and the receiving device according to the two-level control information.
下面,对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。Hereinafter, some terms in the embodiments of the present application will be explained to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art.
1)终端设备,包括向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音和/或数据。该设备可以包括用户设备(user equipment,UE)、无线终端设备、移动终端设备、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point,AP)、远程终端设备(remote terminal)、接入终端设备(access terminal)、用户终端设备(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。例如,可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话),具有移动终端设备的计算机,便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的移动装置,智能穿戴式设备等。例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、等设备。还包括受限设备,例如功耗较低的设备,或存储能力有限的设备,或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)、传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。1) Terminal devices, including devices that provide users with voice and/or data connectivity, such as handheld devices with wireless connection functions, or processing devices connected to wireless modems. The device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN. The equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), mobile station (mobile), remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal equipment (remote terminal), access terminal equipment (access terminal), user terminal equipment (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device) and so on. For example, it may include mobile phones (or "cellular" phones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built mobile devices, smart wearable devices, and so on. For example, personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants, PDA), and other equipment. It also includes restricted devices, such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该设备还可以是可穿戴设备等。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiments of the present application, the device may also be a wearable device or the like. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design everyday wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
而如上介绍的各种终端设备,如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内),都可以认为是车载终端设备,车载终端设备例如也称为车载单元(on-board unit,OBU);如果位于路侧终端设备上(例如放置在路侧单元内或安装在路侧单元内),都可以认为是路侧终端设备,路侧终端设备也称为路侧单元(Road Side Unit,RSU)。本申请的终端设备还可以是作为一个或多个部件或者单元而内置于车辆的车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元,车辆通过内置的所述车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元可以实施本申请的方法。The various terminal devices described above, if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be regarded as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment, for example, the vehicle-mounted terminal equipment is also called on-board unit (OBU). ); if it is located on a roadside terminal device (for example, placed in a roadside unit or installed in a roadside unit), it can be regarded as a roadside terminal device. The roadside terminal device is also called a roadside unit (Road Side Unit, RSU). The terminal device of the present application may also be a vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted component, vehicle-mounted chip, or vehicle-mounted unit built into a vehicle as one or more components or units. The vehicle passes through the built-in vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted module, On-board components, on-board chips, or on-board units can implement the method of the present application.
2)网络设备,包括接入网(access network,AN)设备,例如基站(例如,接入点), 可以是指接入网中在空口通过一个或多个小区与无线终端设备通信的设备,或者例如,一种V2X技术中的网络设备为路侧单元(road side unit,RSU)。基站可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(IP)分组进行相互转换,作为终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。RSU可以是支持V2X应用的固定基础设施实体,可以与支持V2X应用的其他实体交换消息。网络设备还可协调对空口的属性管理。例如,网络设备可以包括长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统或演进的LTE系统(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),或者也可以包括5G NR系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB)或者也可以包括云接入网(cloud radio access network,CloudRAN)系统中的集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),本申请实施例并不限定。2) Network equipment, including access network (AN) equipment, such as a base station (e.g., access point), may refer to equipment that communicates with wireless terminal equipment through one or more cells over an air interface in an access network, Or, for example, a network device in a V2X technology is a roadside unit (RSU). The base station can be used to convert received air frames and Internet Protocol (IP) packets into each other, and act as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network may include an IP network. The RSU can be a fixed infrastructure entity that supports V2X applications, and can exchange messages with other entities that support V2X applications. The network equipment can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface. For example, the network equipment may include an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), or It can also include the next generation node B (gNB) in the 5G NR system, or it can also include the centralized unit (CU) and distributed unit in the cloud radio access network (CloudRAN) system. A distributed unit (DU) is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
3)发射机,也称发送设备,与接收机对应,该发射机用于发送信息,如数据包、控制信息、指示信息等。3) The transmitter, also called the transmitting device, corresponds to the receiver. The transmitter is used to transmit information, such as data packets, control information, and instruction information.
4)接收机,也称接收设备,与发射机对应,该接收机用于接收发射机发送的信息,该接收机还可以向发射机发送反馈信息,也就是说一个设备既可以作为发射机也可以作为接收机。4) A receiver, also called a receiving device, corresponds to a transmitter. The receiver is used to receive the information sent by the transmitter. The receiver can also send feedback information to the transmitter. That is to say, a device can be both a transmitter and a transmitter. Can be used as a receiver.
5)传输链路,包括两个设备之间的侧行链路,以及终端设备与网络设备之间的上下行链路等。5) Transmission link, including the side link between two devices, and the uplink and downlink between the terminal device and the network device, etc.
6)侧行链路(sidelink,SL),主要指相同类型的设备之间建立的链路,也可以称为边链路、副链路或辅助链路等,本申请实施例对此名称不作限定。相同类型的设备,可以是终端设备到终端设备之间的链路,也可以是基站到基站之间的链路,还可以是中继节点到中继节点之间的链路等,本申请实施例对此不做限定。V2X技术为D2D技术在车联网中的一种应用,或者说V2X是一种具体的D2D或sidelink技术。在V2X场景中,侧行链路为两V2X终端之间的直连链路连接,V2X终端为具有V2X功能的终端,例如上述相同类型的设备。6) Sidelink (SL), mainly refers to the link established between devices of the same type, and can also be called side link, secondary link or auxiliary link, etc. This name is not used in the embodiments of this application. limited. The equipment of the same type can be a link between a terminal device and a terminal device, a link between a base station and a base station, or a link between a relay node and a relay node, etc. The implementation of this application The example does not limit this. V2X technology is an application of D2D technology in the Internet of Vehicles, or V2X is a specific D2D or sidelink technology. In a V2X scenario, the side link is a direct link connection between two V2X terminals, and the V2X terminal is a terminal with a V2X function, such as the same type of equipment described above.
7)SL传输,两个V2X终端在侧行链路上的数据传输,称为SL传输。7) SL transmission, the data transmission of two V2X terminals on the side link is called SL transmission.
两个V2X终端在进行SL传输之前,可以建立侧行链路连接。比如,作为发起方的V2X终端向网络设备发送建立侧行链路连接的请求,网络设备如果同意该V2X终端建立侧行链路连接,则向该V2X终端发送建立侧行链路连接的配置信息,该V2X终端根据网络设备发送的配置信息与另一V2X终端建立侧行链路连接。Before the two V2X terminals perform SL transmission, a side link connection can be established. For example, the V2X terminal as the initiator sends a request to establish a side link connection to a network device. If the network device agrees to the V2X terminal to establish a side link connection, it will send configuration information for establishing a side link connection to the V2X terminal. , The V2X terminal establishes a side link connection with another V2X terminal according to the configuration information sent by the network device.
时域资源,包括时间单元,时间单元可以为时隙(slot),迷你时隙(mini-slot),符号(symbol)或其他时域粒度(如系统帧、子帧),其中一个时隙可以包括至少一个符号,例如14个符号,或者12个符号。本申请以时隙为示例进行说明,但并不局限于时隙的实施方式。Time domain resources, including time units, time units can be slots, mini-slots, symbols or other time domain granularities (such as system frames, subframes), one of which can be It includes at least one symbol, for example, 14 symbols, or 12 symbols. This application uses a time slot as an example for description, but it is not limited to the implementation of the time slot.
在5G NR中,一个时隙可以由用作下行传输的符号、用作灵活的符号、用作上行传输的符号等其中的至少一个组成,这样时隙的构成称为不同的时隙格式(slot format,SF),时隙格式最多可能有256种。In 5G NR, a time slot can be composed of at least one of symbols used for downlink transmission, flexible symbols, and symbols used for uplink transmission. The composition of such a time slot is called a different slot format (slot format). format, SF), there may be up to 256 timeslot formats.
时隙可以有不同的时隙类型,不同的时隙类型包括的符号个数不一样,如迷你时隙(mini slot)包含小于7个符号,2个符号,3个符号,4个符号等,普通时隙(slot)包含7个符号或14个符号等。根据子载波间隔不同,每个符号长度可以不同,因此时隙长度可以不同。Timeslots can have different timeslot types, and different timeslot types include different numbers of symbols. For example, a mini slot contains less than 7 symbols, 2 symbols, 3 symbols, 4 symbols, etc. Ordinary time slot (slot) contains 7 symbols or 14 symbols and so on. Depending on the subcarrier spacing, the length of each symbol can be different, so the length of the slot can be different.
子载波间隔(sub-carrier spacing,SCS),是OFDM系统中,频域上相邻的两个子载波的中心位置或峰值位置之间的间隔值。在5G NR中,引入了多种子载波间隔,不同的载波可以有不同的子载波间隔。基线为15kHz,可以是15kHz×2n,n是整数,从3.75,7.5直到480kHz,例如,关于子载波间隔,可参考如下的表1:Sub-carrier spacing (SCS) is the spacing value between the center positions or peak positions of two adjacent sub-carriers in the frequency domain in the OFDM system. In 5G NR, a variety of subcarrier spacings are introduced, and different carriers can have different subcarrier spacings. The baseline is 15kHz, which can be 15kHz×2n, and n is an integer, ranging from 3.75, 7.5 to 480kHz. For example, regarding the subcarrier spacing, refer to the following Table 1:
表1Table 1
μμ Δf=2 μ·15[kHz] Δf=2 μ ·15[kHz]
00 1515
11 3030
22 6060
33 120120
44 240240
其中,μ用于指示子载波间隔,例如,μ=0时,子载波间隔为15kHz,μ=1时,子载波间隔为30kHz。不同的子载波间隔对应的一个时隙的长度是不同的,15kHz的子载波间隔对应的一个时隙的长度为0.5ms,60kHz的子载波间隔对应的一个时隙的长度为0.125ms,等等。那么相应的,不同的子载波间隔对应的一个符号的长度也就是不同的。Among them, μ is used to indicate the sub-carrier spacing. For example, when μ=0, the sub-carrier spacing is 15 kHz, and when μ=1, the sub-carrier spacing is 30 kHz. The length of a time slot corresponding to different subcarrier intervals is different. The length of a time slot corresponding to the subcarrier interval of 15kHz is 0.5ms, the length of a time slot corresponding to the subcarrier interval of 60kHz is 0.125ms, etc. . Correspondingly, the length of a symbol corresponding to different subcarrier intervals is also different.
频域上,由于5G NR单载波带宽可以达到400MHz,因而又在一个载波内定义了带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP),也可以称为载波带宽部分(carrier bandwidth part)。BWP包括频域上的连续若干个资源单元,比如资源块(resource block,RB)。带宽部分可以为下行或上行带宽部分,终端设备在激活的带宽部分内的数据信道上接收或发送数据。In the frequency domain, since the 5G NR single carrier bandwidth can reach 400MHz, a bandwidth part (BWP) is defined in a carrier, which can also be called a carrier bandwidth part (carrier bandwidth part). The BWP includes several consecutive resource units in the frequency domain, such as a resource block (resource block, RB). The bandwidth part may be a downlink or uplink bandwidth part, and the terminal device receives or sends data on the data channel in the activated bandwidth part.
频域资源,包括子信道、频段(band)、载波(carrier)、带宽部分(BandWidth Part,BWP)、资源块(Resource Block,RB)或资源池等。Frequency domain resources include sub-channels, bands, carriers, bandwidth parts (Band Width Part, BWP), resource blocks (Resource Block, RB), or resource pools, etc.
子信道,是物理侧行共享信道占用频域资源的最小单位,一个子信道可以包括一个或多个资源块(resource block,RB)。无线通信系统在频域上的带宽可以包括多个RB,例如,在LTE系统的各可能的带宽中,包括的PRB可以为6个、15个、25个、50个等。在频域上,一个RB可以包括若干个子载波,例如,在LTE系统中,一个RB包括12个子载波,其中,每个子载波间隔可以为15kHz,当然,也可以采用其他子载波间隔,例如3.75kHz、30kHz、60kHz或120kHz子载波间隔,在此不作限制。A subchannel is the smallest unit of frequency domain resources occupied by a physical side-line shared channel, and a subchannel may include one or more resource blocks (RB). The bandwidth of the wireless communication system in the frequency domain may include multiple RBs. For example, in each possible bandwidth of the LTE system, the included PRBs may be 6, 15, 25, 50, and so on. In the frequency domain, one RB can include several subcarriers. For example, in an LTE system, one RB includes 12 subcarriers, where each subcarrier interval can be 15kHz. Of course, other subcarrier intervals can also be used, such as 3.75kHz. , 30kHz, 60kHz or 120kHz sub-carrier spacing, there is no limitation here.
8)、车到一切(vehicle to everything,V2X),就是车与外界进行互联互通,这是未来智能汽车、自动驾驶、智能交通运输系统的基础和关键技术。V2X将在已有的D2D技术的基础上对V2X的具体应用需求进行优化,需要进一步减少V2X设备的接入时延,解决资源冲突问题。8) Vehicle to everything (V2X) is the interconnection between vehicles and the outside world. This is the foundation and key technology of future intelligent vehicles, autonomous driving, and intelligent transportation systems. V2X will optimize the specific application requirements of V2X on the basis of the existing D2D technology. It is necessary to further reduce the access delay of V2X devices and solve the problem of resource conflicts.
V2X具体又包括车与车(vehicle-to-vehicle,V2V)、车与路侧基础设施(vehicle-to-infrastructure,V2I)、车与行人(vehicle-to-pedestrian,V2P)的直接通信,以及车与网络(vehicle-to-network,V2N)的通信交互等几种应用需求。如图2所示。V2V指的是车辆间的通信;V2P指的是车辆与人(包括行人、骑自行车的人、司机、或乘客)的通信;V2I指的是车辆与网络设备的通信,网络设备例如RSU,另外还有一种V2N可以包括在V2I中,V2N指的是车辆与基站/网络的通信。V2X specifically includes vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I), vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P) direct communication, and There are several application requirements such as vehicle-to-network (V2N) communication and interaction. as shown in picture 2. V2V refers to the communication between vehicles; V2P refers to the communication between vehicles and people (including pedestrians, cyclists, drivers, or passengers); V2I refers to the communication between vehicles and network equipment, such as RSU, and There is another type of V2N that can be included in V2I. V2N refers to the communication between the vehicle and the base station/network.
其中,V2P可以用做给道路上行人或非机动车安全警告。通过V2I,车辆可以与道路甚至其他基础设施,例如交通灯、路障等,进行通信,获取交通灯信号时序等道路管理信息。V2V可以用做车辆间信息交互和提醒,最典型的应用是用于车辆间防碰撞安全系统。 V2N是目前应用最为广泛的车联网形式,其主要功能是使车辆通过移动网络,连接到云服务器,使用云服务器提供的导航、娱乐、或防盗等应用功能。Among them, V2P can be used as a safety warning for pedestrians or non-motorized vehicles on the road. Through V2I, vehicles can communicate with roads and even other infrastructure, such as traffic lights, roadblocks, etc., to obtain road management information such as traffic light signal timing. V2V can be used for information interaction and reminding between vehicles, and the most typical application is for the anti-collision safety system between vehicles. V2N is currently the most widely used form of Internet of Vehicles. Its main function is to connect vehicles to a cloud server through a mobile network, and use the navigation, entertainment, or anti-theft application functions provided by the cloud server.
在V2X中,主要是终端设备和终端设备之间的通信。对于终端设备和终端设备之间的传输模式,当前标准协议支持的有广播方式,组播方式,和单播方式。In V2X, it is mainly the communication between terminal equipment and terminal equipment. For the transmission mode between terminal equipment and terminal equipment, the current standard protocols support broadcast, multicast, and unicast.
广播方式:广播方式是指作为发送端的终端设备采用广播的模式进行数据发送,多个终端设备端均能接收来自发送端的侧行链路控制信息(sidelink control information,SCI)或侧行链路共享信道(sidelink shared channel,SSCH)。Broadcast mode: The broadcast mode means that the terminal device as the sender uses broadcast mode to send data. Multiple terminal device ends can receive sidelink control information (SCI) or sidelink sharing from the sender Channel (sidelink shared channel, SSCH).
组播方式:组播方式和广播发送相似,作为发送端的终端设备采用广播的模式进行数据发送,一组终端设备均能解析SCI或SSCH。Multicast mode: The multicast mode is similar to broadcast transmission. The terminal equipment as the sender uses the broadcast mode for data transmission, and a group of terminal equipment can parse SCI or SSCH.
单播方式:单播方式是一个终端设备向另外一个终端设备发送数据,其它终端设备不需要或者不能够解析该数据。Unicast mode: The unicast mode is that one terminal device sends data to another terminal device, and other terminal devices do not need or cannot parse the data.
9)本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。9) The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of this application can be used interchangeably. "At least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. "The following at least one item (a)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a). For example, at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple .
以及,除非有相反的说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。例如,第一值和第二值,只是为了区分不同的取值,而并不是表示这两个取值的内容、优先级或者重要程度等的不同。And, unless otherwise stated, the ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" mentioned in the embodiments of this application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or order of multiple objects. Importance. For example, the first value and the second value are only for distinguishing different values, but do not indicate the difference in content, priority, or importance of the two values.
本文中的“第一级控制信息”,又可称为“第一级调度信令”,或者“第一控制信息”,;“第二级控制信息”,又可称为“第二级调度信令”,或者“第二控制信息”。也就是说,第一级控制信息”,“第一级调度信令”,“第一控制信息”可以互换;第二级控制信息”,“第二级调度信令”,“第二控制信息”可以互换。The "first level control information" in this article can also be called "first level scheduling signaling" or "first control information"; "second level control information" can also be called "second level scheduling" Signaling", or "Second Control Information". That is to say, the first-level control information", "first-level scheduling signaling", and "first-level control information" can be interchanged; the second-level control information", "second-level scheduling signaling", and "second control information" Information" can be interchanged.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:第四代(4th Generation,4G),4G系统包括LTE系统,全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统,未来的第五代(5th Generation,5G)系统,如NR,及未来的通信系统,如6G系统等。另外,本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于蜂窝链路,也可以应用于设备间的链路,例如设备到设备(device to device,D2D)链路。D2D链路或V2X链路,也可以称为侧行链路(sidelink,SL),其中侧行链路也可以称为边链路或副链路等。在本申请实施例中,上述的术语都是指相同类型的设备之间建立的链路,其含义相同。所谓相同类型的设备,可以是终端设备到终端设备之间的链路,也可以是基站到基站之间的链路,还可以是中继节点到中继节点之间的链路等,本申请实施例对此不做限定。对于终端设备和终端设备之间的链路,有3GPP的版本(Rel)-12/13定义的D2D链路,也有3GPP为车联网定义的车到车、车到手机、或车到任何实体的V2X链路,包括Rel-14/15。还包括目前3GPP正在研究的Rel-16及后续版本的基于NR系统的V2X链路等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as the fourth generation (4th Generation, 4G), 4G systems including LTE systems, and worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication systems, Future 5th Generation (5G) systems, such as NR, and future communication systems, such as 6G systems. In addition, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a cellular link, and can also be applied to a link between devices, such as a device to device (D2D) link. The D2D link or the V2X link may also be referred to as a side link (SL), where the side link may also be referred to as a side link or a secondary link. In the embodiments of the present application, the aforementioned terms all refer to links established between devices of the same type, and have the same meaning. The so-called devices of the same type can be the link between the terminal device and the terminal device, the link between the base station and the base station, and the link between the relay node and the relay node. This application The embodiment does not limit this. For the link between the terminal device and the terminal device, there are D2D links defined by 3GPP version (Rel)-12/13, and there are also car-to-car, car-to-mobile, or car-to-any entity defined by 3GPP for the Internet of Vehicles. V2X link, including Rel-14/15. It also includes the V2X link based on the NR system of Rel-16 and subsequent versions that are currently being studied by 3GPP.
本申请实施例的技术方案还可以应用于V2X、LTE-V、V2V、车联网、MTC、IoT、LTE-M,M2M等系统。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to systems such as V2X, LTE-V, V2V, Internet of Vehicles, MTC, IoT, LTE-M, and M2M.
本申请实施例中的通信系统可以包括发送设备以及接收设备,其中,发送设备可以通过两级控制信息(或者说两级调度信令)进行接收设备的数据调度。具体的,发送设备可通过第一级控制信息(或者说第一级调度信令)以及第二级控制信息(或者说第二级调度信令)调度数据,该数据可包括由发送设备向接收设备发送的数据和/或由接收设备向发送设备发送的数据。The communication system in the embodiment of the present application may include a sending device and a receiving device, where the sending device may perform data scheduling of the receiving device through two-level control information (or two-level scheduling signaling). Specifically, the sending device can schedule data through first-level control information (or first-level scheduling signaling) and second-level control information (or second-level scheduling signaling). Data sent by the device and/or data sent by the receiving device to the sending device.
其中,第一级控制信息可以用于承载用于信道检测或资源选择时的信息,以便接收设备获知哪些传输资源上可进行数据的传输,例如数据优先级,参考信号的图样,数据传输的时频资源,为传输预留的时频资源等。第二级控制信息可以用于承载数据调度信息,用于接收端对数据的接收和解调,数据调度信息例如混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)信息,比如HARQ进程的进程号,重传/新传标识等等。Among them, the first-level control information can be used to carry information used for channel detection or resource selection, so that the receiving device can know which transmission resources are available for data transmission, such as data priority, reference signal pattern, and data transmission time. Frequency resources, time-frequency resources reserved for transmission, etc. The second level of control information can be used to carry data scheduling information for receiving and demodulating data at the receiving end. Data scheduling information such as hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) information, such as the process number of the HARQ process , Retransmission/new transmission identification, etc.
应理解,本申请实施例中的通信系统既可适用于低频场景(sub 6G),也可适用于高频场景(above6G)。无线通信系统的应用场景包括但不限于长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代系统、新无线(new radio,NR)通信系统或未来的演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)系统等。It should be understood that the communication system in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to both low-frequency scenarios (sub 6G) and high-frequency scenarios (above6G). The application scenarios of wireless communication systems include but are not limited to long term evolution (LTE) systems, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) systems, LTE time division duplex (TDD), general mobile communications System (universal mobile telecommunication system, UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, future fifth-generation system, new radio (NR) communication system, or future evolved public Land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) system, etc.
进一步的,以上发送设备通过两级控制信息进行接收设备的数据调度,可以是对下行数据的调度,也可以是对上行数据的调度,还可以是侧行数据的调度等。相应的,以上所述控制信息可以是下行链路控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)、上行链路控制信息(uplink control information,UCI)或者侧行链路控制信息(sidelinik control information,SCI)等。Further, the above sending device uses two levels of control information to perform data scheduling of the receiving device, which may be scheduling of downlink data, scheduling of uplink data, or scheduling of sideline data. Correspondingly, the above-mentioned control information can be downlink control information (DCI), uplink control information (UCI), or side link control information (sidelinik control information, SCI), etc. .
请参见图1,为本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信系统网络架构的示意图。Please refer to FIG. 1, which is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system network architecture provided by an embodiment of this application.
如图1所示,无线通信系统可以包括终端设备101以及网络设备102。其中,网络设备102可作为发送设备,终端设备101可作为接收设备;或者,网络设备102可作为接收设备,终端设备101可作为发送设备。As shown in FIG. 1, the wireless communication system may include a terminal device 101 and a network device 102. Among them, the network device 102 can be used as a sending device, and the terminal device 101 can be used as a receiving device; alternatively, the network device 102 can be used as a receiving device, and the terminal device 101 can be used as a sending device.
在如图1所示无线通信系统中,网络设备102可通过第一级控制信息以及第二级控制信息调度终端设备101的数据。其中,第一级控制信息可以是第一级下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)或第一级上行控制信息(uplink control information,UCI),第二级控制信息可以是第二级DCI或第二级UCI。所述第一级DCI以及所述第二级DCI可用于调度由网络设备102向终端设备101发送的下行数据,该下行数据可承载于物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)。所述第一级UCI以及所述第二级UCI可用于调度由终端设备101向网络设备102发送的下行数据,该下行数据可承载于物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)。In the wireless communication system shown in FIG. 1, the network device 102 can schedule data of the terminal device 101 through the first-level control information and the second-level control information. Among them, the first-level control information may be the first-level downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) or the first-level uplink control information (uplink control information, UCI), and the second-level control information may be the second-level DCI or the first-level uplink control information. Level 2 UCI. The first level DCI and the second level DCI can be used to schedule downlink data sent by the network device 102 to the terminal device 101, and the downlink data can be carried on a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH). The first level UCI and the second level UCI can be used to schedule downlink data sent from the terminal device 101 to the network device 102, and the downlink data can be carried on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH).
请参见图2,为本申请实施例提供的另一种无线通信系统网络架构的示意图。Please refer to FIG. 2, which is a schematic diagram of another wireless communication system network architecture provided by an embodiment of this application.
如图2所示,无线通信系统可以包括终端103以及终端104,终端103以及终端104之间可进行侧行(sidelink,SL)通信。其中,终端103可作为发送设备,终端104可作为接收设备。或者,终端104可作为发送设备,终端103可作为接收设备。As shown in FIG. 2, the wireless communication system may include a terminal 103 and a terminal 104, and sidelink (SL) communication may be performed between the terminal 103 and the terminal 104. Among them, the terminal 103 can be used as a sending device, and the terminal 104 can be used as a receiving device. Alternatively, the terminal 104 may be used as a sending device, and the terminal 103 may be used as a receiving device.
在如图2所示无线通信系统中,终端103可通过第一级控制信息以及第二级控制信息调度终端104的数据。其中,第一级控制信息可以是第一级SCI,第二级控制信息可以是 第二SCI,其中,所述第一级SCI以及所述第二级SCI可用于调度由终端103向终端104发送的数据,和/或,用于调度由终端104向终端103发送的数据。终端103与终端104之间传输的数据可承载于物理边链路共享信道(physical sidelink shared channel,PSSCH)。In the wireless communication system shown in FIG. 2, the terminal 103 can schedule data of the terminal 104 through the first-level control information and the second-level control information. Among them, the first-level control information may be a first-level SCI, and the second-level control information may be a second SCI. The first-level SCI and the second-level SCI may be used to schedule the terminal 103 to send to the terminal 104. The data at and/or is used to schedule the data sent from the terminal 104 to the terminal 103. The data transmitted between the terminal 103 and the terminal 104 may be carried on a physical sidelink shared channel (PSSCH).
所述终端103以及终端104可以是用户设备、终端、RSU、接入终端、终端单元、终端站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动终端、无线通信设备、终端代理或终端设备等,具体可参照以上关于终端设备101的说明。The terminal 103 and the terminal 104 may be user equipment, terminal, RSU, access terminal, terminal unit, terminal station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile terminal, wireless communication equipment, terminal agent or terminal equipment, etc., specifically Refer to the description of the terminal device 101 above.
示例性的,终端103还可接入接入网设备,从而可由接入网设备配置终端103与终端104之间的SL链路,该SL链路用于终端103与终端104之间的SL通信。该接入网设备可以是RAN基站等设备,具体可参照以上关于网络设备102的说明。应理解,终端104可接入如图2所示的接入网设备,或接入图2未示出的其他接入网设备。Exemplarily, the terminal 103 can also access the access network device, so that the access network device can configure the SL link between the terminal 103 and the terminal 104, and the SL link is used for the SL communication between the terminal 103 and the terminal 104 . The access network device may be a device such as a RAN base station. For details, refer to the description of the network device 102 above. It should be understood that the terminal 104 can access the access network device shown in FIG. 2 or access other access network devices not shown in FIG. 2.
请参见图3,为本申请实施例提供的另一种无线通信系统网络架构的示意图。Please refer to FIG. 3, which is a schematic diagram of another wireless communication system network architecture provided by an embodiment of this application.
如图3所示,无线通信系统包括:多个车载设备(如图3所示的UE1、UE2、UE3),车载设备之间可以相互通信;一个或多个RSU,它可以与各个车载设备和/或eNB进行通信;一个或多个LTE基站设备(eNB),它可以与各个车载设备和/或RSU进行通信;一个或多个NR基站设备(gNB),它可以与各个车载设备和/或RSU进行通信;一个或多个全球导航卫星系统(Global Navigation Satellite System,GNSS),它可以为概统信息系统中的其它的网元提供定位与授时的信息。车载设备可以随着车辆高速移动,例如UE1和UE2之间相对运动时,具有最大的相对移动速度。As shown in Figure 3, the wireless communication system includes: multiple vehicle-mounted devices (UE1, UE2, UE3 as shown in Figure 3), which can communicate with each other; one or more RSUs, which can communicate with each vehicle-mounted device and /Or eNB for communication; one or more LTE base station equipment (eNB), which can communicate with each vehicle-mounted equipment and/or RSU; one or more NR base station equipment (gNB), which can communicate with each vehicle-mounted equipment and/or RSU communicates; one or more global navigation satellite systems (Global Navigation Satellite System, GNSS), which can provide positioning and timing information for other network elements in the general information system. The vehicle-mounted equipment can move with the vehicle at a high speed, for example, when UE1 and UE2 move relative to each other, they have the maximum relative moving speed.
应理解,图3所示的各个设备之间都可以相互通信,通信时可以使用蜂窝链路的频谱,也可以使用5.9GHz附近的智能交通频谱。各设备相互通信的技术可以基于LTE协议进行增强,也可以基于D2D技术进行增强。图3所示的系统中的任意两个设备通信时,第一级控制信息以及第二级控制信息可以用于调度两个设备之间的数据。It should be understood that the various devices shown in FIG. 3 can communicate with each other, and the spectrum of the cellular link can be used for communication, and the intelligent traffic spectrum around 5.9 GHz can also be used. The technology for each device to communicate with each other can be enhanced based on the LTE protocol, or it can be enhanced based on the D2D technology. When any two devices in the system shown in FIG. 3 communicate, the first-level control information and the second-level control information can be used to schedule data between the two devices.
例如,第一级DCI以及第二级DCI可用于调度由gNB/eNB/RSU向UE1/UE2/UE3发送的下行数据,该下行数据可承载于PDSCH。例如,第一级UCI以及第二级UCI可用于调度由UE1/UE2/UE3向gNB/eNB/RSU发送的上行数据,该上行数据可承载于PUSCH。例如,UE1可通过第一级SCI以及第二级SCI调度终端UE2/UE3的数据。UE1与UE2/UE3之间传输的数据可承载于PSSCH。For example, the first-level DCI and the second-level DCI can be used to schedule the downlink data sent by the gNB/eNB/RSU to UE1/UE2/UE3, and the downlink data can be carried on the PDSCH. For example, the first-level UCI and the second-level UCI can be used to schedule uplink data sent by UE1/UE2/UE3 to gNB/eNB/RSU, and the uplink data can be carried on the PUSCH. For example, UE1 can schedule the data of terminal UE2/UE3 through the first-level SCI and the second-level SCI. The data transmitted between UE1 and UE2/UE3 can be carried on the PSSCH.
应理解,在图3中,eNB和/或gNB是可选的。在有eNB和/或gNB时,则是有网络覆盖的V2X场景,如果无eNB和/或gNB则是属于无网络覆盖的V2X场景。It should be understood that in Figure 3, eNB and/or gNB are optional. When there is an eNB and/or gNB, it is a V2X scenario with network coverage, and if there is no eNB and/or gNB, it is a V2X scenario without network coverage.
基于以上如图1或图2或图3所示的无线通信系统,本申请实施例提供一种控制信息发送方法和接收方法,用于确定两级控制信息中的第二级控制信息的传输资源,以便发送设备和接收设备之间根据两级控制信息实现数据传输。Based on the above wireless communication system as shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2 or FIG. 3, an embodiment of the present application provides a control information sending method and a receiving method, which are used to determine the transmission resource of the second-level control information in the two-level control information. , In order to realize data transmission between the sending device and the receiving device according to the two-level control information.
应理解,本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景(或应用场景)是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。It should be understood that the network architecture and business scenarios (or application scenarios) described in the embodiments of the present application are intended to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application. Ordinary technicians can know that with the evolution of the network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
下面结合附图介绍本发明实施例提供的方法。The following describes the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention with reference to the accompanying drawings.
参见图4,本申请实施例提供的控制信息发送方法可以包括以下步骤:Referring to FIG. 4, the control information sending method provided by the embodiment of the present application may include the following steps:
S401、发送设备确定第二级控制信息的比特数;S401: The sending device determines the number of bits of the second-level control information.
S402、发送设备根据所述第二级控制信息的比特数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资 源,其中,所述第一时频资源为第一级控制信息指示的时频资源,所述第二时频资源用于承载所述第二级控制信息编码后的调制符号的资源;S402. The sending device determines the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second-level control information, where the first time-frequency resource is the time-frequency resource indicated by the first-level control information. The second time-frequency resource is used to carry the resource of the modulation symbol encoded by the second-level control information;
S403、发送设备在所述第二时频资源上发送所述第二级控制信息。S403. The sending device sends the second-level control information on the second time-frequency resource.
其中,发送设备以是上述图1、图2、图3中的任一设备,这里不做限制。Wherein, the sending device may be any one of the above-mentioned FIG. 1, FIG. 2, and FIG. 3, and there is no limitation here.
所述第一级控制信息可以为第一级SCI,所述第二级控制信息可以为第二级SCI,第一时频资源可以为PSSCH资源;或者,所述第一级控制信息可以为第一级DCI,所述第二级控制信息可以为第二级DCI,所述第一时频资源可以为PDSCH资源;或者,所述第一级控制信息可以为第一级UCI,所述第二级控制信息可以为第二级UCI,所述第一时频资源可以为PUSCH资源,本申请实施例这里不做具体限制。The first-level control information may be a first-level SCI, the second-level control information may be a second-level SCI, and the first time-frequency resource may be a PSSCH resource; or, the first-level control information may be a first-level SCI. First-level DCI, the second-level control information may be second-level DCI, and the first time-frequency resource may be PDSCH resource; or, the first-level control information may be first-level UCI, and the second level The level control information may be a second level UCI, and the first time-frequency resource may be a PUSCH resource, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
为了便于说明本申请技术方案,在接下来的实施例中,主要以侧行传输场景为例,即第一级控制信息是第一级SCI,第二级控制信息是第二级SCI,第一时频资源是PSSCH资源。In order to facilitate the description of the technical solution of the present application, in the following embodiments, the side-line transmission scenario is mainly taken as an example, that is, the first-level control information is the first-level SCI, the second-level control information is the second-level SCI, and the first The time-frequency resources are PSSCH resources.
在本申请实施例中,所述第一级控制信息和所述第二级控制信息位于同一时间单元(便于描述,将两级SCI所在的同一时间单元称为第一时间单元)上,且述第二级控制信息在所述第一时间单元上的时域位置不早于所述第一级控制信息在所述第一时间单元上的时域位置。所述第一时频资源的时域长度可以为第一时间单元的长度。In the embodiment of the present application, the first-level control information and the second-level control information are located on the same time unit (for ease of description, the same time unit where the two levels of SCI are located is called the first time unit), and The time domain position of the second level control information on the first time unit is no earlier than the time domain position of the first level control information on the first time unit. The time domain length of the first time-frequency resource may be the length of the first time unit.
应理解,这里时间单元可以是时隙(slot)、子帧、无线帧、传输时间间隔(transmission time interval,TTI)或者迷你时隙(mini-slot)(最短可以只有1个正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号)等等,本申请实施例对此不做具体限制。下文主要以时间单元为5G NR中时长为10ms的时隙为例。It should be understood that the time unit here can be a slot, a subframe, a radio frame, a transmission time interval (TTI), or a mini-slot (the shortest can be only 1 orthogonal frequency division multiplexing). Use (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM) symbols), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application. The following mainly takes the time slot of 10ms in the time unit of 5G and NR as an example.
参见图5A,为两级SCI在同一时隙(便于描述,将两级SCI所在的同一时隙称为第一时隙)中的一种位置关系示例,图5A中的最大矩形框表征第一时隙中的PSSCH资源(或者说表征第一时频资源),该SCI-1该时隙中的PSSCH包括PSSCH-1和PSSCH-2,其中PSSCH-1的时域位置早于PSSCH-2的时域位置,SCI-1承载在PSSCH-1上,SCI-2承载在PSSCH-2上,也即SCI-1该时隙中的时域位置早于SCI-2该时隙中的时域位置。参见图5B,为两级SCI在同一时隙中的另一种位置关系示例,在图5B所示的示例中,SCI-1和SCI-2的时域位置相同,或者说占用相同的OFDM符号。Referring to Figure 5A, it is an example of a positional relationship between two levels of SCI in the same time slot (for ease of description, the same time slot in which the two levels of SCI are located is referred to as the first time slot). The largest rectangular box in Figure 5A represents the first time slot. The PSSCH resource in the time slot (or the first time-frequency resource), the PSSCH in the SCI-1 time slot includes PSSCH-1 and PSSCH-2, and the time domain position of PSSCH-1 is earlier than that of PSSCH-2 Time domain position, SCI-1 is carried on PSSCH-1, SCI-2 is carried on PSSCH-2, that is, the time domain position of SCI-1 in this time slot is earlier than the time domain position of SCI-2 in this time slot . Refer to Figure 5B, which is another example of the positional relationship between two levels of SCI in the same time slot. In the example shown in Figure 5B, the time domain positions of SCI-1 and SCI-2 are the same, or occupy the same OFDM symbol. .
应理解,第一时频资源中的PSSCH除了用于承载SCI-1、SCI-2、待发送数据的之外,还可以用于承载其它信息。It should be understood that the PSSCH in the first time-frequency resource can be used to carry other information in addition to carrying SCI-1, SCI-2, and data to be sent.
例如,请参见图5C,第一时频资源中第一个OFDM符号可以作为自动增益控制(automatic gain control,AGC)符号,最后一个符OFDM符号为收发或发收转换的保护时间(guard period,GP)符号(或者称为空符号)。For example, referring to Figure 5C, the first OFDM symbol in the first time-frequency resource can be used as an automatic gain control (AGC) symbol, and the last symbol OFDM symbol is the guard period (guard period, GP) symbol (or called a null symbol).
示例性地,请参见图5C,第一时频资源还用于物理侧行链路反馈信道(pysical sidelink feedback channel,PSFCH)的AGC2的符号、在AGC2之前的用于做收发或发收转换的GP1空符号、在时隙最后的GP2空符号。另外,还可以进一步包括用于解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)的符号,用于相位跟踪参考信号(phase tracking reference signal,PT-RS)的符号,用于信道状态信息参考信号(channel-state information reference signal,CSI-RS)符号等,这里不一一示例。Exemplarily, referring to FIG. 5C, the first time-frequency resource is also used for the AGC2 symbol of the physical sidelink feedback channel (pysical sidelink feedback channel, PSFCH), and the symbol before AGC2 for sending and receiving or sending and receiving conversion. GP1 null symbol, GP2 null symbol at the end of the slot. In addition, it may further include symbols used for demodulation reference signal (DMRS), symbols used for phase tracking reference signal (PT-RS), and symbols used for channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, PT-RS). -state information reference signal, CSI-RS) symbols, etc., here are not examples.
所述第一控制信息包括所述第二控制信息的传输参数和/或第一数据的第一传输参数,所述第二控制信息包括所述第一数据的第二传输参数。The first control information includes a transmission parameter of the second control information and/or a first transmission parameter of the first data, and the second control information includes a second transmission parameter of the first data.
本申请实施中,第一数据可以指第一时频资源上待传输的数据。示例性的,第一数据为第一时隙上待发送的PSSCH所在的传输块。其中,第一数据可以是编码前的,也可以编码后的,本申请实施例对此不做限定。可选的,编码前的第一数据可以包括CRC比特,也可以不包括CRC比特,本申请实施例对此不做限定。In the implementation of this application, the first data may refer to data to be transmitted on the first time-frequency resource. Exemplarily, the first data is a transmission block where the PSSCH to be sent in the first time slot is located. The first data may be pre-encoded or post-encoded, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Optionally, the first data before encoding may or may not include CRC bits, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
进一步的,第一级控制信息(SCI-1)可能包括以下信息中的一种或多种:Further, the first level control information (SCI-1) may include one or more of the following information:
1)、优先级(priority)信息,例如:用于指示第一数据的优先级,用来表示第一数据的重要程度、紧急程度、时延需求、可靠性要求的等级、大小或范围;1) Priority (priority) information, for example: used to indicate the priority of the first data, used to indicate the level, size or range of the first data's importance, urgency, delay requirements, and reliability requirements;
2)、调制编码方式(modulation and coding scheme,MCS),例如:用来指示第一数据和/或第二控制信息发送时使用的MCS;2) Modulation and coding scheme (MCS), for example: used to indicate the MCS used when sending the first data and/or the second control information;
3)、解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)图样(pattern),例如:用于指示第一数据和/或第二控制信息发送时使用的DMRS的图样中预定义或预配置的图样的哪一种;3) Demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) pattern (pattern), for example: used to indicate a predefined or pre-configured pattern in the DMRS pattern used when transmitting the first data and/or the second control information which type;
4)、SCI-2的类型或格式(SCI-2 type or format),或第一数据的传输方式,例如:用来指示SCI-2使用的CRC掩码、SCI-2的大小,SCI-2是用来指示第一数据是用来做单播、组播或广播传输中的哪一种;4) The type or format of SCI-2 (SCI-2 type or format), or the transmission method of the first data, for example: used to indicate the CRC mask used by SCI-2, the size of SCI-2, SCI-2 It is used to indicate which of the unicast, multicast or broadcast transmission of the first data is used;
5)、当前数据或数据的初传或重传的时域和频域资源分配(大小和位置)的指示信息,或预留资源的指示信息(例如:用于指示为后续传输所预留资源的信息);5) The indication information of the time domain and frequency domain resource allocation (size and location) of the current data or the initial transmission or retransmission of the data, or the indication information of the reserved resources (for example: used to indicate the reserved resources for subsequent transmission Information);
6)、当前的传输与下一次传输,或当前传输的数据包与下一个待传输的数据包之间的时间间隔的指示信息,或者初传与重传之间的时间间隔的指示信息。6) The current transmission and the next transmission, or the indication information of the time interval between the currently transmitted data packet and the next data packet to be transmitted, or the indication information of the time interval between the initial transmission and the retransmission.
当然,以上仅为举例,在实际应用时可以不限于此。Of course, the above is only an example, and it may not be limited to this in practical application.
进一步的,第二级控制信息(SCI-1)可以包括以下几种信息中的一种或多种:Further, the second level control information (SCI-1) may include one or more of the following types of information:
1)、源标识(source identifier)或者物理层的源标识;1), source identifier (source identifier) or physical layer source identifier;
2)、目的标识(destination identifier)或者物理层的目的标识;2), the destination identifier or the destination identifier of the physical layer;
3)、混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)的进程号;3) Process number of hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ);
4)、重传或冗余版本指示信息;4) Retransmission or redundant version indication information;
5)、发送设备的位置指示信息;5). Send the location indication information of the device;
6)、要求的通信距离(required minimun communication distance)的指示信息,例如,可用于指示第一数据传输时要求达到的最小通信距离;6) The indication information of the required communication distance (required minimun communication distance), for example, can be used to indicate the minimum communication distance required for the first data transmission;
7)、信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information-reference signal,CSI-RS)的指示或配置信息。7) Indication or configuration information of the channel state information reference signal (channel state information-reference signal, CSI-RS).
当然,以上仅为举例,在实际应用时可以不限于此。Of course, the above is only an example, and it may not be limited to this in practical application.
下面,介绍根据第二级控制信息(SCI-2)的比特数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源的方法。In the following, a method for determining the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second-level control information (SCI-2) is introduced.
可选的,发送设备可以根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二级控制信息的比特数、以及能够用于传输所述第二级控制信息的子载波数,确定所述第二级控制信息编码后的调制符号数(the number of coded modulation symbols)或每层上的编码后的调制符号数(the number of coded modulation symbols per layer)。即调制符号数可以是每个空间层(layer)上的,也可以是所有空间层上的,或总的调制符号数,本申请实施例对此不做限定;然后根据所述第二级控制信息编码后的调制符号数,在所述第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源。其中,第二控制信息编码后的调制符号占用的资源可以是所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号 占用的资源元(resource element,RE)或子载波。Optionally, the sending device may determine the second level according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second level control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second level control information. The number of coded modulation symbols after the level control information is coded (the number of coded modulation symbols) or the number of coded modulation symbols on each layer (the number of coded modulation symbols per layer). That is, the number of modulation symbols can be on each spatial layer, or on all spatial layers, or the total number of modulation symbols, which is not limited in the embodiment of the application; and then according to the second level control The number of modulation symbols after the information is encoded, and the second time-frequency resource is determined in the first time-frequency resource. Wherein, the resource occupied by the modulation symbol after the second control information is coded may be a resource element (RE) or subcarrier occupied by the modulation symbol after the second control information is coded.
为便于描述,本文将所述第一数据的比特数用h表示,将能够用于传输所述第二级控制信息的子载波数用g表示,将所述第二级控制信息编码后的调制符号数用Q' SCI2表示,将第二级控制信息的比特数用O SCI2表示,另外还设计一个第二级控制信息的比特数相关的函数,用f=F(O SCI2)表示。则Q可以表示为f、h、g的函数,即:Q' SCI2=F(f,h,g)。 For ease of description, the number of bits of the first data is denoted by h, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second-level control information is denoted by g. The modulation after encoding the second-level control information The number of symbols is represented by Q'SCI2 , and the number of bits of the second-level control information is represented by O SCI2 . In addition, a function related to the number of bits of the second-level control information is designed, which is represented by f=F(O SCI2 ). Then Q can be expressed as a function of f, h, g, that is: Q'SCI2 = F(f, h, g).
一些可能的设计中,发送设备确定Q' SCI2的方法具体可以包括:根据f、h、g确定第一参数,根据g确定第二参数;然后确定所述第一参数、所述第二参数中的最小值为所述第二级控制信息编码后的调制符号数。为便于描述,本文将第一参数用Q1表示,将第二参数用Q2表示,则Q' SCI2=F(f,h,g)可以进一步表示为: In some possible designs, the method for the sending device to determine Q'SCI2 may specifically include: determining the first parameter according to f, h, g, and determining the second parameter according to g; and then determining the first parameter and the second parameter. The minimum value of is the number of modulation symbols after the second-level control information is encoded. For ease of description, in this article, the first parameter is represented by Q1, and the second parameter is represented by Q2, then Q'SCI2 = F(f, h, g) can be further represented as:
Q' SCI2=min{Q1,Q2}。 Q'SCI2 = min{Q1,Q2}.
下面分别介绍第一参数Q1、第二参数Q2的具体实现方式。The specific implementation manners of the first parameter Q1 and the second parameter Q2 are respectively introduced below.
一、第一参数Q1可能的实现方式:1. Possible implementations of the first parameter Q1:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000027
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000027
即:Q1等于对
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000028
向下取整的值。通过Q1的限制,可以使得最终确定出的所述第二级控制信息编码后的调制符号数能够满足所述第二级控制信息的传输需求,保证第二级控制信息能够被完整地传输。
That is: Q1 is equal to
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000028
The value rounded down. Through the restriction of Q1, the finally determined number of modulation symbols after encoding of the second-level control information can meet the transmission requirements of the second-level control information, and ensure that the second-level control information can be completely transmitted.
进一步的,为了更好地保证第二级控制信息的传输的可靠性,在计算所述第二级控制信息需求的编码后的调制符号数时,可以设置一个第一调整因子,来调整第二级控制信息需求的编码后的调制符号数。Further, in order to better ensure the reliability of the transmission of the second-level control information, when calculating the number of encoded modulation symbols required by the second-level control information, a first adjustment factor may be set to adjust the second level. The number of coded modulation symbols required for level control information.
其中,所述第一调整因子为大于或等于1的正实数,这样可以保证最终确定出的所述第二级控制信息编码后的调制符号数Q能够满足所述第二级控制信息的传输需求。Wherein, the first adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than or equal to 1, which can ensure that the finally determined number of modulation symbols Q after encoding the second-level control information can meet the transmission requirements of the second-level control information .
作为一种可选的实施方式,第一调整因子可以设计在函数f中,如:As an optional implementation manner, the first adjustment factor can be designed in the function f, such as:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000029
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000029
其中,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000030
表示第一调整因子,O SCI2表示第二级控制信息的比特数,L SCI2表示第二级控制信息的CRC位的长度。
among them,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000030
Represents the first adjustment factor, O SCI2 represents the number of bits of the second-level control information, and L SCI2 represents the length of the CRC bits of the second-level control information.
所述第一调整因子可以由第一级控制信息指示,或者,配置或预配置在传输所述第一数据信道的资源池上,本申请实施例这里不做限制。The first adjustment factor may be indicated by the first-level control information, or may be configured or pre-configured on the resource pool for transmitting the first data channel, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
一种可能的设计中,第一调整因子可以为固定值,例如固定为1.1、1.5或1.6等。In a possible design, the first adjustment factor may be a fixed value, such as 1.1, 1.5, or 1.6.
另一种可能的设计中,第一调整因子可以与所述第二级控制信息的内容或第一数据的传输方式相关。例如,所述第二级控制信息可以指示所述第一数据的传输方式,其中传输方式包括单播、组播或广播。那么,对应第一数据不同的传输方式,第一调整因子β的取值可以不同。可选的,第一调整因子的小于或等于8。In another possible design, the first adjustment factor may be related to the content of the second-level control information or the transmission mode of the first data. For example, the second-level control information may indicate a transmission mode of the first data, where the transmission mode includes unicast, multicast, or broadcast. Then, corresponding to different transmission modes of the first data, the value of the first adjustment factor β may be different. Optionally, the first adjustment factor is less than or equal to 8.
则函数f还可以被表示为:Then the function f can also be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000031
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000031
其中,s表示第一数据的传输类型,包括单播、组播或广播。Among them, s represents the transmission type of the first data, including unicast, multicast, or broadcast.
例如,每一种传输方式可以是关联一个第一调整因子,例如单播对应的第一调整因子取值为1.2,组播对应的第一调整因子取值为1.1,广播对应的第一调整因子取值为1.5。For example, each transmission method may be associated with a first adjustment factor. For example, the first adjustment factor corresponding to unicast is 1.2, the first adjustment factor corresponding to multicast is 1.1, and the first adjustment factor corresponding to broadcast is 1.2. The value is 1.5.
又如,每一种传输方式还可以是关联一个第一调整因子的取值集,不同类型的传输方式可以关联不同的第一参数值取值集,则可以从第一数据的传输方式关联的取值集中选择 一个取值作为第一调整因子的值。例如,下表为单播、组播和广播关联的取值集的一种示例。可选的,每一种传输方式还可以是关联一个第一约束因子的取值集可以是通过信令配置的或预配置的。For another example, each transmission method can also be associated with a value set of the first adjustment factor, and different types of transmission methods can be associated with different value sets of the first parameter, which can be correlated from the transmission method of the first data. Select a value in the value set as the value of the first adjustment factor. For example, the following table is an example of the value set associated with unicast, multicast, and broadcast. Optionally, each transmission mode may also be associated with a value set of the first constraint factor, which may be configured through signaling or pre-configured.
第一数据的传输方式Transmission method of the first data 第一调整因子First adjustment factor
广播broadcast 3,4,53, 4, 5
单播Unicast 1.2,1.5,1.8,21.2, 1.5, 1.8, 2
组播 Multicast 2,2.5,32, 2.5, 3
进一步的,在本申请实施例中,如果第一数据的传输方式不同,第二控制信息对应的比特大小可以不同,第二控制信息对应CRC掩码可以不同,或第二控制信息对应的控制信道的格式可以不同。那么,函数f还可以被表示为:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000032
Further, in the embodiment of the present application, if the transmission mode of the first data is different, the bit size corresponding to the second control information may be different, the CRC mask corresponding to the second control information may be different, or the control channel corresponding to the second control information The format can be different. Then, the function f can also be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000032
上面介绍了f的计算方式,下面介绍第一数据的比特数h的计算方式:The calculation method of f is described above, and the calculation method of the number of bits h of the first data is described below:
第一数据的比特数h的第一种可能的计算方式:The first possible calculation method for the number of bits h of the first data:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000033
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000033
其中,K r表示第一数据中第r个码块(Code Block,CB)的大小,C SL-SCH表示第一数据中码块的总数量。 Among them, K r represents the size of the r-th code block (Code Block, CB) in the first data, and C SL-SCH represents the total number of code blocks in the first data.
第一数据的比特数h的第二种可能的计算方式:The second possible calculation method for the number of bits h of the first data:
h=K TBh=K TB ;
其中,表示所述第一数据的传输块(TB)的大小(比特数)。Wherein, represents the size (number of bits) of the transmission block (TB) of the first data.
第一数据的比特数h的第三种可能的计算方式:The third possible calculation method for the number of bits h of the first data:
h=R·Q mh=R·Q m ;
其中,R表示所述第一数据的传输块的码率,Q m表示第一数据的调制阶数。 Wherein, R represents the code rate of the transmission block of the first data, and Q m represents the modulation order of the first data.
下面介绍第一时频资源上能够用于传输所述第二级控制信息的子载波数g的计算方式:The following describes the calculation method of the number g of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second-level control information on the first time-frequency resource:
g的第一种可能的计算方式:The first possible calculation method of g:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000034
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000034
其中,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000035
表示所述第一时频资源上的总的OFDM符号的数量,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000036
表示第一时频资源中第l个OFDM符号上能够用于传输第一数据的子载波(或者说RE)的数量。
among them,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000035
Represents the total number of OFDM symbols on the first time-frequency resource,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000036
Represents the number of subcarriers (or REs) that can be used to transmit the first data on the l-th OFDM symbol in the first time-frequency resource.
作为一种可选的实施方式,考虑到实际应用中,第一时频资源上可能还需要传输其它信息,例如图5C、图5D所示的AGC、GP、PSFCH等,为避免第二级控制信息对这些信息的资源进行占用,所以在计算Q1时可以将这些信息需要占用的子载波数先排除。As an optional implementation manner, considering that in actual applications, other information may need to be transmitted on the first time-frequency resource, such as AGC, GP, PSFCH, etc. shown in FIG. 5C and FIG. 5D, in order to avoid second-level control Information occupies the resources of this information, so the number of subcarriers that need to be occupied by this information can be excluded first when calculating Q1.
需要排除的子载波数包括以下至少一项:The number of subcarriers to be excluded includes at least one of the following:
所述第一时隙上用于发送所述第一数据信道的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;A subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel in the first time slot;
所述第一时隙上的最后一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol in the first time slot;
所述第一时隙上反馈信息占用的OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarriers on the OFDM symbols occupied by the feedback information in the first time slot;
所述第一时隙上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located in the first time slot;
所述第一时隙上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第二个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located in the first time slot;
所述第一时隙上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之后的第一个OFDM符上的子载波号;The subcarrier number on the first OFDM symbol after the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time slot;
所述第一级控制信息的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first-level control information;
所述第一数据信道的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel;
相位跟踪参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the phase tracking reference signal;
信道状态信息参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal;
所述第一级控制信息占用的子载波。The subcarrier occupied by the first-level control information.
其中,所述反馈信息包括用于对接收到的数据的正确接收或错误接收的应答信息;用于指示链路信号质量的反馈信息,如参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP),参考信号接收质量(reference signal receiving quality,RSRQ),信号与干扰加噪声比(signal to interference plus noise ratio,SINR),接收的信号强度指示(received signal strength indication,RSSI)等。Wherein, the feedback information includes response information for correct or incorrect reception of received data; feedback information for indicating link signal quality, such as reference signal receiving power (RSRP), reference Signal receiving quality (reference signal receiving quality, RSRQ), signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR), received signal strength indication (RSSI), etc.
进一步的,可以在计算g时将这些信息需要占用的子载波数先排除。Further, the number of subcarriers that need to be occupied by the information can be excluded first when calculating g.
进一步的,g的第二种可能的计算方式:Further, the second possible calculation method of g:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000037
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000037
也即,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000038
还可以由
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000039
减去P生成,其中,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000040
为发送PSSCH数据(即第一数据)的带宽,单位为RE或子载波,P表示用于传输指定信息的子载波的数量。
That is,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000038
Can also be
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000039
Subtract P to generate, where,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000040
It is the bandwidth for transmitting PSSCH data (that is, the first data), and the unit is RE or subcarrier, and P represents the number of subcarriers used to transmit designated information.
P可以包括以下至少一项:P can include at least one of the following:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000041
在OFDM符号l上,SCI-1所占用的RE或子载波;
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000041
On OFDM symbol 1, RE or subcarrier occupied by SCI-1;
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000042
在OFDM符号l上,反馈信息或反馈信道PSFCH所占用的RE或子载波;
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000042
On OFDM symbol 1, the RE or subcarrier occupied by the feedback information or feedback channel PSFCH;
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000043
在OFDM符号l上,时隙最前面的第一个符号,以用于做整个时隙数据的AGC训练;
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000043
On OFDM symbol 1, the first symbol at the front of the slot is used for AGC training of the entire slot data;
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000044
在OFDM符号l上,反馈信道最前面的第一个符号,以用于做整反馈信道的AGC训练;
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000044
On OFDM symbol 1, the first symbol in the front of the feedback channel is used for AGC training of the feedback channel;
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000045
在OFDM符号l上,用于做数据和/或SCI1,SCI2的收发或发收转换的空符号;
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000045
On the OFDM symbol 1, a null symbol used for data and/or SCI1, SCI2 transceiving or transmitting/receiving conversion;
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000046
在OFDM符号l上,用于做反馈信道的收发或发收转换的空符号;
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000046
On the OFDM symbol 1, a null symbol used for receiving and sending or sending and receiving conversion of the feedback channel;
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000047
在OFDM符号l上,DMRS所占用的RE或子载波;
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000047
On OFDM symbol 1, RE or subcarrier occupied by DMRS;
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000048
在OFDM符号l上,PT-RS所占用的RE或子载波;
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000048
On OFDM symbol 1, RE or subcarrier occupied by PT-RS;
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000049
在OFDM符号l上,CSI-RS所占用的RE或子载波。
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000049
On OFDM symbol 1, RE or subcarrier occupied by CSI-RS.
可选的,在有DMRS的符号OFDM上,可以不用去掉PT-RS占用的符号;当有PT-RS的符号上,可以不用去掉DMRS占用的符号。Optionally, on the OFDM symbol with the DMRS, the symbol occupied by the PT-RS may not be removed; when the symbol with the PT-RS exists, the symbol occupied by the DMRS may not be removed.
可选的,在有DMRS的符号OFDM上,可以不用去掉PT-RS占用的符号;当有PT-RS的符号上,可以不用去掉DMRS占用的符号。Optionally, on the OFDM symbol with the DMRS, the symbol occupied by the PT-RS may not be removed; when the symbol with the PT-RS exists, the symbol occupied by the DMRS may not be removed.
二、第二参数Q2可能的实现方式:2. Possible implementations of the second parameter Q2:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000050
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000050
即:Q2等于对g×α向下取整的值。其中,α为第二调整因子,通常为大于0、且不大于1的正实数,这样可以使得最终确定出来的最终确定出的所述第二级控制信息编码后的调制符号数Q不会超过g。That is: Q2 is equal to the value rounded down to g×α. Among them, α is the second adjustment factor, which is usually a positive real number greater than 0 and not greater than 1, so that the finally determined number of modulation symbols Q after the second-level control information encoding does not exceed g.
根据上述g的计算方式,上述Q2也可以表示为:According to the calculation method of g above, the above Q2 can also be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000051
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000051
与第一调整因子相似,第二调整因子可以为固定值,例如固定为0.5、0.7或0.8等。第二调整因子也可以与所述第二级控制信息相关。例如,对应第一数据不同的传输方式(单播、组播或广播),第二调整因子的取值可以不同。Similar to the first adjustment factor, the second adjustment factor may be a fixed value, for example, a fixed value of 0.5, 0.7, or 0.8. The second adjustment factor may also be related to the second-level control information. For example, corresponding to different transmission modes (unicast, multicast or broadcast) of the first data, the value of the second adjustment factor may be different.
则Q2第二种可能的计算方式:Then the second possible calculation method for Q2:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000052
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000052
其中,α(s)表示基于第一数据的传输方式确定的第二调整因子。Among them, α(s) represents a second adjustment factor determined based on the transmission mode of the first data.
与第一调整因子类似,所述第二调整因子可以由第一级控制信息指示,也可以配置在传输所述第一数据信道的资源池上,本申请实施例这里不做限制。Similar to the first adjustment factor, the second adjustment factor may be indicated by the first-level control information, or may be configured on the resource pool for transmitting the first data channel, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
与第一调整因子相似,考虑到实际应用中,第一时频资源上可能还需要传输其它信息,为避免第二级控制信息对这些信息的资源进行占用,所以在计算Q 2时可以将这些信息需要占用的子载波数先排除。 Similar to the first adjustment factor, considering that in practical applications, other information may need to be transmitted on the first time-frequency resource, in order to avoid the second-level control information from occupying the resources of this information, these can be used when calculating Q 2 The number of sub-carriers that need to be occupied by the information is excluded first.
类似的,需要排除的子载波数包括以下至少一项:Similarly, the number of subcarriers to be excluded includes at least one of the following:
所述第一时隙上用于发送所述第一数据信道的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;A subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel in the first time slot;
所述第一时隙上的最后一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol in the first time slot;
所述第一时隙上反馈信息占用的OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarriers on the OFDM symbols occupied by the feedback information in the first time slot;
所述第一时隙上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located in the first time slot;
所述第一时隙上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第二个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located in the first time slot;
所述第一时隙上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之后的第一个OFDM符上的子载波号;The subcarrier number on the first OFDM symbol after the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time slot;
所述第一级控制信息的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first-level control information;
所述第一数据信道的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel;
相位跟踪参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the phase tracking reference signal;
信道状态信息参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal;
所述第一级控制信息占用的子载波。The subcarrier occupied by the first-level control information.
进一步的,Q 2的第三种可能的计算方式为: Further, the third possible calculation method for Q 2 is:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000053
或者
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000053
or
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000054
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000054
其中,W可以包括以下至少一项:Wherein, W may include at least one of the following:
Q SCI1:编码前或编码后(包括CRC)的SCI-1信息(第一级控制信息)占用的RE数量,或者PSSCH-1(承载SCI-1的PSSCH资源)占用的RE数量。 Q SCI1 : The number of REs occupied by SCI-1 information (first-level control information) before or after encoding (including CRC), or the number of REs occupied by PSSCH-1 (PSSCH resources carrying SCI-1).
Q PSFCH:SCI编码前或编码后(包括CRC)的SCI1信息占用的RE数量,或者当前UE使用的PSFCH或系统配置的所有的PSFCH资源占用的RE数量。 Q PSFCH : the number of REs occupied by SCI1 information before or after SCI encoding (including CRC), or the number of REs occupied by the PSFCH currently used by the UE or all PSFCH resources configured by the system.
Q AGC1:PSCCH-1和PSSCH在时隙中的AGC符号占用的所有的RE。 Q AGC1 : All REs occupied by the AGC symbols of PSCCH-1 and PSSCH in the time slot.
Q AGC2:PSFCH在时隙中的AGC符号占用的所有的RE。 Q AGC2 : All REs occupied by the AGC symbols of the PSFCH in the time slot.
Q GAP1:PSCCH-1和PSSCH所占用的符号之后,用于收发或发收转换的符号占用的所 有的RE。或者,在PSFCH所占用的符号之前,用于收发或发收转换的符号占用的所有的RE。 Q GAP1 : After the symbols occupied by PSCCH-1 and PSSCH, all REs occupied by symbols used for receiving, sending, or receiving conversion. Or, before the symbols occupied by the PSFCH, all the REs occupied by the symbols used for transceiving or sending/receiving conversion.
Q GAP2:PSFCH所占用的符号之后,用于收发或发收转换的符号占用的所有的RE。 Q GAP2 : After the symbols occupied by the PSFCH, all the REs occupied by the symbols used for receiving, sending or receiving conversion.
应理解,在有DMRS的符号OFDM上,可以不用去掉PT-RS占用的符号;当有PT-RS的符号上,可以不用去掉DMRS占用的符号。It should be understood that on the OFDM symbol with the DMRS, the symbol occupied by the PT-RS may not be removed; when the symbol with the PT-RS, the symbol occupied by the DMRS may not be removed.
另外还有一种设计是,在计算Q′ SCI2的全程都不考虑第二级控制信息会对其它传输信息的资源的占用,而是在计算Q′ SCI2之前,确定第一时频资源时,就先将这些信息排除。也即,所述第一时频资源不包括以下至少一项: In addition, there is another design that does not consider the occupation of other transmission information resources by the second-level control information in the whole process of calculating Q′ SCI2 , but before calculating Q′ SCI2 , when determining the first time-frequency resource, First exclude this information. That is, the first time-frequency resource does not include at least one of the following:
所述第一时隙上用于发送所述第一数据信道的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;A subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel in the first time slot;
所述第一时隙上的最后一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol in the first time slot;
所述第一时隙上反馈信息占用的OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarriers on the OFDM symbols occupied by the feedback information in the first time slot;
所述第一时隙上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located in the first time slot;
所述第一时隙上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第二个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located in the first time slot;
所述第一时隙上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之后的第一个OFDM符上的子载波号;The subcarrier number on the first OFDM symbol after the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time slot;
所述第一级控制信息的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first-level control information;
所述第一数据信道的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel;
相位跟踪参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the phase tracking reference signal;
信道状态信息参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal;
所述第一级控制信息占用的子载波。The subcarrier occupied by the first-level control information.
上面对Q1、Q2中的每个参数分别进行了详细介绍,在具体实施时,Q1、Q2中各参数的各种实现方式可以相互组合或者说相互结合实施,进而组成多种确定第二级控制信息编码后的调制符号数的方案。以下例举其中一些可能的组合:Each parameter in Q1 and Q2 is described in detail above. In specific implementation, the various implementation modes of each parameter in Q1 and Q2 can be combined or implemented in combination with each other to form a variety of second-level determinations. A scheme for controlling the number of modulation symbols after encoding the information. Here are some of the possible combinations:
示例1:Example 1:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000055
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000055
如果是包括DMRS的符号的场景,则If it is a scene including DMRS symbols, then
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000056
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000056
或者,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000057
or,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000057
或者,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000058
or,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000058
或者,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000059
or,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000059
如果是不包括DMRS的符号的场景,则If it is a scene that does not include DMRS symbols, then
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000060
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000060
示例2:Example 2:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000061
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000061
示例3:Example 3:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000062
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000062
示例4:Example 4:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000063
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000063
或者,or,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000064
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000064
或者,or,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000065
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000065
示例5:Example 5:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000066
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000066
示例6:Example 6:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000067
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000067
示例7:Example 7:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000068
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000068
示例8:Example 8:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000069
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000069
可选的,上述示例1至示例8中的任意一项的K TB可以被替换成R·Q m
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000070
本申请实施对此不做限定。
Optionally, K TB in any one of the above examples 1 to 8 can be replaced with R·Q m or
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000070
The implementation of this application does not limit this.
示例9:Example 9:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000071
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000071
示例10:Example 10:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000072
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000072
本申请实施例提供的上述控制信息发送方法,给出了两级控制信息调度数据的场景中,发送设备确定第二级控制信息的传输资源的具体实现方法,使得发送设备可以根据该第二级控制信息实现数据的发送,保证了通信的可靠性。The foregoing control information sending method provided in the embodiments of the present application provides a specific implementation method for the sending device to determine the transmission resource of the second-level control information in the scenario of two-level control information scheduling data, so that the sending device can be based on the second-level control information. The control information realizes the transmission of data and ensures the reliability of communication.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供了一种控制信息接收方法,请参见图6,该方法包括:Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application also provides a method for receiving control information. Referring to FIG. 6, the method includes:
S601、接收设备确定第二级控制信息的比特数;S601. The receiving device determines the number of bits of the second-level control information.
S602、接收设备根据所述第二级控制信息的比特数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源,其中,所述第一时频资源为第一级控制信息指示的时频资源,所述第二时频资源用于承载所述第二级控制信息编码后的调制符号的资源;S602. The receiving device determines a second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second-level control information, where the first time-frequency resource is the time-frequency resource indicated by the first-level control information, The second time-frequency resource is used to carry the resource of the modulation symbol encoded by the second-level control information;
S603、在所述第二时频资源上接收所述第二级控制信息。S603. Receive the second level control information on the second time-frequency resource.
上述步骤S601中接收设备确定第二级控制信息的比特数的具体实现方法可以参考上述步骤S401发送设备确定第二级控制信息的比特数的具体实现方法,步骤S602接收设备根据所述第二级控制信息的比特数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源的具体实现方法可以参考上述步骤S402发送设备根据所述第二级控制信息的比特数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源的具体实现方法,这里不再赘述。For the specific implementation method for the receiving device to determine the number of bits of the second-level control information in step S601, reference may be made to the specific implementation method for the sending device to determine the number of bits of the second-level control information in step S401. In step S602, the receiving device determines the number of bits for the second-level control information. The specific implementation method of determining the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource by the number of control information bits can refer to the above step S402. The sending device determines the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the second-level control information bit number. The specific implementation method of the time-frequency resource will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例提供的上述控制信息接收方法,给出了两级控制信息调度数据的场景中,接收设备确定第二级控制信息的传输资源的具体实现方法,使得接收设备可以根据该第二级控制信息实现数据的接收,保证了通信的可靠性。The foregoing control information receiving method provided by the embodiments of the present application provides a specific implementation method for the receiving device to determine the transmission resource of the second-level control information in the scenario of two-level control information scheduling data, so that the receiving device can be based on the second-level control information. The control information realizes the data reception and ensures the reliability of communication.
下面结合附图介绍本发明实施例提供的装置。The following describes the device provided by the embodiment of the present invention with reference to the accompanying drawings.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述方法设计中发送设备的功能。这些功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the sending device in the above method design. These functions can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
例如,请参见图7,通信装置的具体结构可包括处理单元701和发送单元702。For example, referring to FIG. 7, the specific structure of the communication device may include a processing unit 701 and a sending unit 702.
所述处理单元701用于:确定第二控制信息的比特数;根据所述第二控制信息的比特数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源,其中,所述第一时频资源为第一控制信息指示的时频资源,所述第二时频资源用于承载所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号的资源;The processing unit 701 is configured to: determine the number of bits of the second control information; determine a second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, where the first time-frequency resource Is the time-frequency resource indicated by the first control information, and the second time-frequency resource is used to carry the resource of the modulation symbol encoded by the second control information;
所述发送单元702用于:在所述第二时频资源上发送所述第二控制信息。The sending unit 702 is configured to send the second control information on the second time-frequency resource.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一控制信息和所述第二控制信息位于同一时间单元上;所述第二控制信息在所述时间单元上的时域位置不早于所述第一控制信息在所述时间单元上的时域位置。In a possible design, the first control information and the second control information are located on the same time unit; the time domain position of the second control information on the time unit is not earlier than the first control information The time domain position of the information on the time unit.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元701在根据所述第二控制信息的比特数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源时,具体用于:确定第一数据的比特数、能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数;根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数;根据所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数,在所述第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源。In a possible design, when the processing unit 701 determines the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, it is specifically configured to: determine the number of bits of the first data, The number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information; according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information Determine the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information; determine a second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元701在根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数时,具体用于:根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第一参数;根据所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第二参数;确定所述第一参数、所述第二参数中的最小值为所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数。In a possible design, the processing unit 701 is based on the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, When determining the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information, it is specifically used to: according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information The number of subcarriers of the information determines the first parameter; the second parameter is determined according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information; the minimum value of the first parameter and the second parameter is determined to be The number of modulation symbols after the second control information is coded.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元701在根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第一参数时,具体用于:根据第一调整因子和所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定第一参数,其中所述第一调整因子与所述第二控制信息相关,所述第一调整因子为大于或等于1的正实数。In a possible design, the processing unit 701 determines the number of subcarriers based on the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information. The first parameter is specifically used for: according to the first adjustment factor and the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information , Determine a first parameter, wherein the first adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the first adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than or equal to 1.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元701还用于:通过所述第一控制信息指示所述第一调整因子。In a possible design, the processing unit 701 is further configured to indicate the first adjustment factor through the first control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一参数满足以下关系:In a possible design, the first parameter satisfies the following relationship:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000073
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000073
其中,Q1表示所述第一参数,f表示与所述第二控制信息的比特数相关的函数,h表示所述第一数据的比特数,g表示所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数;Wherein, Q1 represents the first parameter, f represents a function related to the number of bits of the second control information, h represents the number of bits of the first data, and g represents the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information. The number of information subcarriers;
其中,所述第二控制信息的比特数相关的函数f满足:Wherein, the function f related to the number of bits of the second control information satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000074
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000074
其中,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000075
表示所述第一调整因子,O SCI2表示所述第二控制信息的比特数,L SCI2为所述第二控制信息的循环冗余校验CRC位的长度;s表示所述第一调整因子,O SCI2(s)表示基于第一数据的传输方式确定的所述第二控制信息的比特数,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000076
表示基于第一数据的传输方式确定的所述第一调整因子。
among them,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000075
Represents the first adjustment factor, O SCI2 represents the number of bits of the second control information, L SCI2 is the length of the cyclic redundancy check CRC bit of the second control information; s represents the first adjustment factor, O SCI2 (s) represents the number of bits of the second control information determined based on the transmission mode of the first data,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000076
Represents the first adjustment factor determined based on the transmission mode of the first data.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元701在根据所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第二参数时,具体用于:根据第二调整因子和所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定第二参数,其中所述第二调整因子与所述第二控制信息相关,所述第二调整因子为大于0、且小于或等于1的正实数。In a possible design, when the processing unit 701 determines the second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, it is specifically configured to: Determine a second parameter based on the number of subcarriers for transmitting the second control information, wherein the second adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the second adjustment factor is greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1. Positive real number.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元701还用于:通过所述第一控制信息指示所述第二调整因子。In a possible design, the processing unit 701 is further configured to indicate the second adjustment factor through the first control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第二参数满足如下关系:In a possible design, the second parameter satisfies the following relationship:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000077
或者
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000078
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000077
or
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000078
其中,J表示所述第二参数,g表示所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,s表示所述第二调整因子,α表示所述第二调整因子;W表示所述第一时频资源上用于传输指定信息的子载波的数量。Where J represents the second parameter, g represents the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, s represents the second adjustment factor, α represents the second adjustment factor; W represents all The number of subcarriers used to transmit designated information on the first time-frequency resource.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第二控制信息指示所述第一数据的传输方式为单播、组播或广播。In a possible design, the second control information indicates that the transmission mode of the first data is unicast, multicast, or broadcast.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一时频资源不包括以下至少一种:第一时间单元上用于发送所述第一数据信道的第一个正交频分复用OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上的最后一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息占用的OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第二个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之后的第一个OFDM符上的子载波号;所述第一控制信息的解调参考信号占用的子载波;所述第一数据信道的解调参考信号占用的子载波;相位跟踪参考信号占用的子载波;信道状态信息参考信号占用的子载波;所述第一控制信息占用的子载波。In a possible design, the first time-frequency resource does not include at least one of the following: the first time unit on the first orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel. Carrier; the subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit; the subcarrier on the OFDM symbol occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit; the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located The subcarrier on the previous first OFDM symbol; the subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located; the OFDM symbol on the first time unit where the feedback information is located Subcarrier number on the first OFDM symbol afterwards; subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information; subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel; occupied by the phase tracking reference signal Sub-carriers of; sub-carriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal; sub-carriers occupied by the first control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元701根据所述第二参数确定的时频资源不包括以下至少一种:第一时间单元上用于发送所述第一数据信道的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上的最后一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息占用的OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第二个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之后的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一控制信息的解调参考信号占用的子载波;所述第一数据信道的解调参考信号占用的子载波;相位跟踪参考信号占用的子载波;信道状态信息参考信号占用的子载波;所述第一控制信息占用的子载波。In a possible design, the time-frequency resource determined by the processing unit 701 according to the second parameter does not include at least one of the following: the first OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel on the first time unit The sub-carrier on the first time unit; the sub-carrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit; the sub-carrier on the OFDM symbol occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit; the location of the feedback information on the first time unit The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol; the subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located; the subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located; The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol after the OFDM symbol; the subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information; the subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel; the phase tracking reference Sub-carriers occupied by the signal; sub-carriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal; sub-carriers occupied by the first control information.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述方法设计中接收设备的功能。这些功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the receiving device in the above method design. These functions can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
例如,参见图8,通信装置的具体结构可包括处理单元801和接收单元802。For example, referring to FIG. 8, the specific structure of the communication device may include a processing unit 801 and a receiving unit 802.
所述处理单元801用于:确定第二控制信息的比特数;根据所述第二控制信息的比特 数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源,其中,所述第一时频资源为第一控制信息指示的时频资源,所述第二时频资源用于承载所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号的资源;The processing unit 801 is configured to: determine the number of bits of the second control information; determine the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, where the first time-frequency resource Is the time-frequency resource indicated by the first control information, and the second time-frequency resource is used to carry the resource of the modulation symbol encoded by the second control information;
所述接收单元802用于:在所述第二时频资源上接收所述第二控制信息。The receiving unit 802 is configured to receive the second control information on the second time-frequency resource.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一控制信息和所述第二控制信息位于同一时间单元上;所述第二控制信息在所述时间单元上的时域位置不早于所述第一控制信息在所述时间单元上的时域位置。In a possible design, the first control information and the second control information are located on the same time unit; the time domain position of the second control information on the time unit is not earlier than the first control information The time domain position of the information on the time unit.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元801在根据所述第二控制信息的比特数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源时,具体用于:确定第一数据的比特数、能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数;根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数;根据所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数,在所述第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源。In a possible design, when the processing unit 801 determines the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, it is specifically configured to: determine the number of bits of the first data, The number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information; according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information Determine the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information; determine a second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元801在根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数时,具体用于:根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第一参数;根据所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第二参数;确定所述第一参数、所述第二参数中的最小值为所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数。In a possible design, the processing unit 801 is based on the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, When determining the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information, it is specifically used to: according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information The number of subcarriers of the information determines the first parameter; the second parameter is determined according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information; the minimum value of the first parameter and the second parameter is determined to be The number of modulation symbols after the second control information is encoded.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元801在根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第一参数时,具体用于:根据第一调整因子和所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定第一参数,其中所述第一调整因子与所述第二控制信息相关,所述第一调整因子为大于或等于1的正实数。In a possible design, the processing unit 801 determines according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information. The first parameter is specifically used for: according to the first adjustment factor and the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information , Determine a first parameter, wherein the first adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the first adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than or equal to 1.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元801还用于:通过所述第一控制信息指示所述第一调整因子。In a possible design, the processing unit 801 is further configured to indicate the first adjustment factor through the first control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一参数满足以下关系:In a possible design, the first parameter satisfies the following relationship:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000079
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000079
其中,Q1表示所述第一参数,f表示与所述第二控制信息的比特数相关的函数,h表示所述第一数据的比特数,g表示所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数;Wherein, Q1 represents the first parameter, f represents a function related to the number of bits of the second control information, h represents the number of bits of the first data, and g represents the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information. The number of information subcarriers;
其中,所述第二控制信息的比特数相关的函数f满足:Wherein, the function f related to the number of bits of the second control information satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000080
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000081
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000080
or
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000081
其中,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000082
表示所述第一调整因子,O SCI2表示所述第二控制信息的比特数,L SCI2为所述第二控制信息的循环冗余校验CRC位的长度;s表示所述第一调整因子,O SCI2(s)表示基于第一数据的传输方式确定的所述第二控制信息的比特数,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000083
表示基于第一数据的传输方式确定的所述第一调整因子。
among them,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000082
Represents the first adjustment factor, O SCI2 represents the number of bits of the second control information, L SCI2 is the length of the cyclic redundancy check CRC bit of the second control information; s represents the first adjustment factor, O SCI2 (s) represents the number of bits of the second control information determined based on the transmission mode of the first data,
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000083
Represents the first adjustment factor determined based on the transmission mode of the first data.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元801在根据所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第二参数时,具体用于:根据第二调整因子和所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定第二参数,其中所述第二调整因子与所述第二控制信息相关,所述第二调整因子为大于0、且小于或等于1的正实数。In a possible design, when the processing unit 801 determines the second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, it is specifically configured to: Determine a second parameter based on the number of subcarriers for transmitting the second control information, wherein the second adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the second adjustment factor is greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1. Positive real number.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元801还用于:通过所述第一控制信息指示所述第 二调整因子。In a possible design, the processing unit 801 is further configured to indicate the second adjustment factor through the first control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第二参数满足如下关系:In a possible design, the second parameter satisfies the following relationship:
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000084
或者
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000085
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000084
or
Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-000085
其中,J表示所述第二参数,g表示所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,s表示所述第二调整因子,α表示所述第二调整因子;W表示所述第一时频资源上用于传输指定信息的子载波的数量。Where J represents the second parameter, g represents the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, s represents the second adjustment factor, α represents the second adjustment factor; W represents all The number of subcarriers used to transmit designated information on the first time-frequency resource.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第二控制信息指示所述第一数据的传输方式为单播、组播或广播。In a possible design, the second control information indicates that the transmission mode of the first data is unicast, multicast, or broadcast.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一时频资源不包括以下至少一种:第一时间单元上用于发送所述第一数据信道的第一个正交频分复用OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上的最后一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息占用的OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第二个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之后的第一个OFDM符上的子载波号;所述第一控制信息的解调参考信号占用的子载波;所述第一数据信道的解调参考信号占用的子载波;相位跟踪参考信号占用的子载波;信道状态信息参考信号占用的子载波;所述第一控制信息占用的子载波。In a possible design, the first time-frequency resource does not include at least one of the following: the first time unit on the first orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel. Carrier; the subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit; the subcarrier on the OFDM symbol occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit; the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located The subcarrier on the previous first OFDM symbol; the subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located; the OFDM symbol on the first time unit where the feedback information is located Subcarrier number on the first OFDM symbol afterwards; subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information; subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel; occupied by the phase tracking reference signal Sub-carriers of; sub-carriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal; sub-carriers occupied by the first control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述处理单元801根据所述第二参数确定的时频资源不包括以下至少一种:第一时间单元上用于发送所述第一数据信道的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上的最后一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息占用的OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第二个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之后的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;所述第一控制信息的解调参考信号占用的子载波;所述第一数据信道的解调参考信号占用的子载波;相位跟踪参考信号占用的子载波;信道状态信息参考信号占用的子载波;所述第一控制信息占用的子载波。In a possible design, the time-frequency resource determined by the processing unit 801 according to the second parameter does not include at least one of the following: the first OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel on the first time unit The sub-carrier on the first time unit; the sub-carrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit; the sub-carrier on the OFDM symbol occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit; the location of the feedback information on the first time unit The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol; the subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located; the subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information on the first time unit is located; The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol after the OFDM symbol; the subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information; the subcarrier occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel; the phase tracking reference Sub-carriers occupied by the signal; sub-carriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal; sub-carriers occupied by the first control information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一控制信息为第一侧行链路控制信息SCI,所述第二控制信息为第二SCI,所述第一时频资源为物理侧行链路共享信道PSSCH资源。In a possible design, the first control information is the first side uplink control information SCI, the second control information is the second SCI, and the first time-frequency resource is the physical side uplink shared channel PSSCH resources.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,参见图9,该通信装置包括:发送器901以及处理器902,处理器902与发送器901耦合,例如通过总线903连接。Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device. Referring to FIG. 9, the communication device includes a transmitter 901 and a processor 902. The processor 902 is coupled with the transmitter 901, for example, connected via a bus 903.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,参见图10,该通信装置包括:接收器1001以及处理器1002,处理器1002与接收器1001耦合,例如通过总线1003连接。其中,处理器1002与接收器1001配合能够上述方法实施例中接收设备执行的相应功能。Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device. Referring to FIG. 10, the communication device includes a receiver 1001 and a processor 1002. The processor 1002 is coupled with the receiver 1001, for example, connected via a bus 1003. Wherein, the processor 1002 and the receiver 1001 cooperate to be able to perform corresponding functions performed by the receiving device in the foregoing method embodiment.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,参见图11,该通信装置包括处理器1101和存储器1102;所述存储器1102用于存储计算机执行指令;所述处理器1101用于执行所述存储器1102所存储的计算机执行指令,以使所述通信装置执行如上述方法实施例中发送设备所执行的方法。Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device. Referring to FIG. 11, the communication device includes a processor 1101 and a memory 1102; the memory 1102 is used to store computer execution instructions; the processor 1101 is used to execute The computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 1102 enable the communication device to execute the method executed by the sending device in the foregoing method embodiment.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,参见图12,该通信装置包括处理器1201和存储器1202;所述存储器1202用于存储计算机执行指令;所述处理器1201用于执行所述存储器1202所存储的计算机执行指令,以使所述通信装置执行如上述方法 实施例中接收设备所执行的方法。Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device. Referring to FIG. 12, the communication device includes a processor 1201 and a memory 1202; the memory 1202 is used to store computer execution instructions; the processor 1201 is used to execute The computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 1202 enable the communication device to execute the method executed by the receiving device in the foregoing method embodiment.
应理解,本申请实施例提供的通信装置中的处理器(如处理器1101、处理器1201)可以包括中央处理器(CPU)或特定应用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),可以包括一个或多个用于控制程序执行的集成电路,可以包括使用现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)开发的硬件电路,可以包括基带芯片。It should be understood that the processor (such as the processor 1101, the processor 1201) in the communication device provided in the embodiment of the present application may include a central processing unit (CPU) or an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), and may include one The or multiple integrated circuits used to control program execution may include hardware circuits developed using Field Programmable Gate Array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), and may include baseband chips.
应理解,本申请实施例提供的存储器(如存储器1102、存储器1202)可以包括只读存储器(Read Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)和磁盘存储器,等等。存储器可以用于存储处理器执行任务所需的程序代码,还可以用于存储数据等。It should be understood that the memory (such as the memory 1102, the memory 1202) provided in the embodiments of the present application may include a read only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a disk memory, and so on. The memory can be used to store program codes required by the processor to perform tasks, and can also be used to store data and the like.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,包括处理器和接口电路;所述接口电路,用于接收代码指令并传输至所述处理器;所述处理器运行所述代码指令以执行如上述方法实施例中发送设备所执行的方法。Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, including a processor and an interface circuit; the interface circuit is configured to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor; the processor runs the code instructions To execute the method executed by the sending device in the foregoing method embodiment.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,包括处理器和接口电路;所述接口电路,用于接收代码指令并传输至所述处理器;所述处理器运行所述代码指令以执行如上述方法实施例中发送设备所执行的方法。Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, including a processor and an interface circuit; the interface circuit is configured to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor; the processor runs the code instructions To execute the method executed by the sending device in the foregoing method embodiment.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质用于存储指令,当所述指令被执行时,使如上述方法实施例中发送设备所执行的方法被实现。Based on the same technical concept, the embodiments of the present application also provide a readable storage medium, the readable storage medium is used to store instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the method executed by the sending device in the foregoing method embodiment Be realized.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质用于存储指令,当所述指令被执行时,使如上述方法实施例中接收设备所执行的方法被实现。Based on the same technical concept, the embodiments of the present application also provide a readable storage medium, the readable storage medium is used to store instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the method executed by the receiving device in the foregoing method embodiment Be realized.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种芯片,所述芯片与存储器耦合,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令,实现如上述方法实施例中发送设备所执行的控制信息发送方法。Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, which is coupled with a memory, and is used to read and execute the program instructions stored in the memory to implement the control performed by the sending device in the foregoing method embodiment. Information delivery method.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种芯片,所述芯片与存储器耦合,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令,实现如上述方法实施例中接收设备所执行的控制信息接收方法。Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, which is coupled with a memory, and is used to read and execute the program instructions stored in the memory to implement the control performed by the receiving device in the above method embodiment. Information receiving method.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如上述方法实施例中发送设备所执行的控制信息发送方法。Based on the same technical concept, the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product containing instructions. The computer program product stores instructions that, when running on a computer, cause the computer to execute the same as described by the sending device in the foregoing method embodiment. The executed control information transmission method.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如上述方法实施例中接收设备所执行的控制信息接收方法。Based on the same technical concept, the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product containing instructions. The computer program product stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method as described by the receiving device in the foregoing method embodiment. The executed control information receiving method.
基于同一技术构思,本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,包括发送设备和接收设备,所述发送设备用于执行如上述方法实施例中发送设备所执行的控制信息发送方法,所述接收设备用于执行如上述方法实施例中接收设备所执行的控制信息接收方法。Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, including a sending device and a receiving device, the sending device is configured to execute the control information sending method performed by the sending device in the foregoing method embodiment, and the receiving device It is used to execute the control information receiving method executed by the receiving device in the above method embodiment.
上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。All relevant content of the steps involved in the foregoing method embodiments can be cited in the functional description of the corresponding functional module, which will not be repeated here.
由于本申请实施例提供的通信装置可用于执行上述的控制信息发送方法或接收方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the communication device provided in the embodiment of the present application can be used to execute the above-mentioned control information sending method or receiving method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above-mentioned method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实 施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art should understand that the embodiments of the present application can be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Therefore, this application may adopt the form of a complete hardware embodiment, a complete software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, this application may adopt the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) containing computer-usable program codes.
本申请是参照根据本申请的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。This application is described with reference to the flowcharts and/or block diagrams of the methods, equipment (systems), and computer program products according to the application. It should be understood that each process and/or block in the flowchart and/or block diagram, and the combination of processes and/or blocks in the flowchart and/or block diagram can be implemented by computer program instructions. These computer program instructions can be provided to the processor of a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, an embedded processor, or other programmable data processing equipment to generate a machine, so that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing equipment are generated It is a device that realizes the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can guide a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device. The device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment. The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的保护范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to this application without departing from the scope of protection of this application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of this application fall within the scope of the claims of this application and their equivalent technologies, this application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (34)

  1. 一种控制信息发送方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for sending control information, characterized in that it comprises:
    确定第二控制信息的比特数;Determining the number of bits of the second control information;
    根据所述第二控制信息的比特数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源,其中,所述第一时频资源为第一控制信息指示的时频资源,所述第二时频资源用于承载所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号的资源;The second time-frequency resource is determined in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, where the first time-frequency resource is the time-frequency resource indicated by the first control information, and the second time-frequency resource is The resource is used to carry the resource of the modulation symbol encoded by the second control information;
    在所述第二时频资源上发送所述第二控制信息。Sending the second control information on the second time-frequency resource.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息和所述第二控制信息位于同一时间单元上;所述第二控制信息在所述时间单元上的时域位置不早于所述第一控制信息在所述时间单元上的时域位置。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first control information and the second control information are located on the same time unit; the time domain position of the second control information on the time unit is not earlier In the time domain position of the first control information on the time unit.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述第二控制信息的比特数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein determining the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information comprises:
    确定第一数据的比特数、能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数;Determining the number of bits of the first data and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information;
    根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数;Determine the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information ;
    根据所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数,在所述第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源。Determine a second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information.
  4. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, Determining the number of modulation symbols after encoding the second control information includes:
    根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第一参数;Determining the first parameter according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information;
    根据所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第二参数;Determine the second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information;
    确定所述第一参数、所述第二参数中的最小值为所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数。Determine that the minimum value of the first parameter and the second parameter is the number of modulation symbols after encoding the second control information.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第一参数,包括:The method according to claim 4, characterized in that it is determined according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information The first parameter includes:
    根据第一调整因子和所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定第一参数,其中所述第一调整因子与所述第二控制信息相关,所述第一调整因子为大于或等于1的正实数。The first parameter is determined according to the first adjustment factor and the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, wherein the The first adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the first adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than or equal to 1.
  6. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,通过所述第一控制信息指示所述第一调整因子。The method of claim 5, wherein the first adjustment factor is indicated by the first control information.
  7. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一参数满足以下关系:The method of claim 5, wherein the first parameter satisfies the following relationship:
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100001
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100001
    其中,Q 1表示所述第一参数,f表示与所述第二控制信息的比特数相关的函数,h表示所述第一数据的比特数,g表示所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数; Wherein, Q 1 represents the first parameter, f represents a function related to the number of bits of the second control information, h represents the number of bits of the first data, and g represents the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information. The number of subcarriers of control information;
    其中,所述第二控制信息的比特数相关的函数f满足:Wherein, the function f related to the number of bits of the second control information satisfies:
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100002
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100003
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100002
    or
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100003
    其中,
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100004
    表示所述第一调整因子,O SCI2表示所述第二控制信息的比特数,L SCI2为所述第二控制信息的循环冗余校验CRC位的长度;s表示所述第一调整因子,O SCI2(s)表示基于第一数据的传输方式确定的所述第二控制信息的比特数,
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100005
    表示基于第一数据的传输方式确定的所述第一调整因子。
    among them,
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100004
    Represents the first adjustment factor, O SCI2 represents the number of bits of the second control information, L SCI2 is the length of the cyclic redundancy check CRC bit of the second control information; s represents the first adjustment factor, O SCI2 (s) represents the number of bits of the second control information determined based on the transmission mode of the first data,
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100005
    Represents the first adjustment factor determined based on the transmission mode of the first data.
  8. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第二参数,包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein determining the second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information comprises:
    根据第二调整因子和所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定第二参数,其中所述第二调整因子与所述第二控制信息相关,所述第二调整因子为大于0、且小于或等于1的正实数。Determine a second parameter according to the second adjustment factor and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, where the second adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the second adjustment factor It is a positive real number greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,通过所述第一控制信息指示所述第二调整因子。The method of claim 8, wherein the second adjustment factor is indicated by the first control information.
  10. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,其特征在于,所述第二参数满足如下关系:The method according to claim 8, wherein the second parameter satisfies the following relationship:
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100006
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100007
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100006
    or
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100007
    其中,J表示所述第二参数,g表示所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,s表示所述第二调整因子,α表示所述第二调整因子;W表示所述第一时频资源上用于传输指定信息的子载波的数量。Where J represents the second parameter, g represents the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, s represents the second adjustment factor, α represents the second adjustment factor; W represents all The number of subcarriers used to transmit designated information on the first time-frequency resource.
  11. 如权利要求5-10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二控制信息指示所述第一数据的传输方式为单播、组播或广播。The method according to any one of claims 5-10, wherein the second control information indicates that the transmission mode of the first data is unicast, multicast, or broadcast.
  12. 如权利要求1-11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时频资源不包括以下至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 1-11, wherein the first time-frequency resource does not include at least one of the following:
    第一时间单元上用于发送所述第一数据信道的第一个正交频分复用OFDM符号上的子载波;A subcarrier on the first orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel on the first time unit;
    所述第一时间单元上的最后一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit;
    所述第一时间单元上反馈信息占用的OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarriers on the OFDM symbols occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit;
    所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
    所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第二个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
    所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之后的第一个OFDM符上的子载波号;The subcarrier number on the first OFDM symbol after the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
    所述第一控制信息的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information;
    所述第一数据信道的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel;
    相位跟踪参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the phase tracking reference signal;
    信道状态信息参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal;
    所述第一控制信息占用的子载波。The subcarrier occupied by the first control information.
  13. 如权利要求4-10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述第二参数确定的时频资源不包括以下至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 4-10, wherein the time-frequency resource determined according to the second parameter does not include at least one of the following:
    第一时间单元上用于发送所述第一数据信道的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel in the first time unit;
    所述第一时间单元上的最后一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit;
    所述第一时间单元上反馈信息占用的OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarriers on the OFDM symbols occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit;
    所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
    所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第二个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
    所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之后的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol after the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
    所述第一控制信息的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information;
    所述第一数据信道的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel;
    相位跟踪参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the phase tracking reference signal;
    信道状态信息参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal;
    所述第一控制信息占用的子载波。The subcarrier occupied by the first control information.
  14. 如权利要求1-13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息为第一侧行链路控制信息SCI,所述第二控制信息为第二SCI,所述第一时频资源为物理侧行链路共享信道PSSCH资源。The method according to any one of claims 1-13, wherein the first control information is the first side uplink control information SCI, the second control information is the second SCI, and the first control information is the second SCI. The one-time frequency resource is the PSSCH resource of the physical side link shared channel.
  15. 一种控制信息接收方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for receiving control information, which is characterized in that it comprises:
    确定第二控制信息的比特数;Determining the number of bits of the second control information;
    根据所述第二控制信息的比特数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源,其中,所述第一时频资源为第一控制信息指示的时频资源,所述第二时频资源用于承载所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号的资源;The second time-frequency resource is determined in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information, where the first time-frequency resource is the time-frequency resource indicated by the first control information, and the second time-frequency resource is The resource is used to carry the resource of the modulation symbol encoded by the second control information;
    在所述第二时频资源上接收所述第二控制信息。Receiving the second control information on the second time-frequency resource.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息和所述第二控制信息位于同一时间单元上;所述第二控制信息在所述时间单元上的时域位置不早于所述第一控制信息在所述时间单元上的时域位置。The method according to claim 15, wherein the first control information and the second control information are located on the same time unit; the time domain position of the second control information on the time unit is not earlier In the time domain position of the first control information on the time unit.
  17. 如权利要求15或16所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述第二控制信息的比特数在第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源,包括:The method according to claim 15 or 16, wherein determining the second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of bits of the second control information comprises:
    确定第一数据的比特数、能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数;Determining the number of bits of the first data and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information;
    根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数;Determine the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information ;
    根据所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数,在所述第一时频资源中确定第二时频资源。Determine a second time-frequency resource in the first time-frequency resource according to the number of modulation symbols encoded by the second control information.
  18. 如权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数,包括:The method according to claim 17, characterized in that according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, Determining the number of modulation symbols after encoding the second control information includes:
    根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第一参数;Determining the first parameter according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information;
    根据所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第二参数;Determine the second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information;
    确定所述第一参数、所述第二参数中的最小值为所述第二控制信息编码后的调制符号数。Determine that the minimum value of the first parameter and the second parameter is the number of modulation symbols after encoding the second control information.
  19. 如权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述第一数据的比特数、所述第 二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第一参数,包括:The method according to claim 18, characterized in that it is determined according to the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information. The first parameter includes:
    根据第一调整因子和所述第一数据的比特数、所述第二控制信息的比特数、所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定第一参数,其中所述第一调整因子与所述第二控制信息相关,所述第一调整因子为大于或等于1的正实数。The first parameter is determined according to the first adjustment factor and the number of bits of the first data, the number of bits of the second control information, and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, wherein the The first adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the first adjustment factor is a positive real number greater than or equal to 1.
  20. 如权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,通过所述第一控制信息指示所述第一调整因子。The method of claim 19, wherein the first adjustment factor is indicated by the first control information.
  21. 如权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一参数满足以下关系:The method of claim 19, wherein the first parameter satisfies the following relationship:
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100008
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100008
    其中,Q 1表示所述第一参数,f表示与所述第二控制信息的比特数相关的函数,h表示所述第一数据的比特数,g表示所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数; Wherein, Q 1 represents the first parameter, f represents a function related to the number of bits of the second control information, h represents the number of bits of the first data, and g represents the number of bits that can be used to transmit the second control information. The number of subcarriers of control information;
    其中,所述第二控制信息的比特数相关的函数f满足:Wherein, the function f related to the number of bits of the second control information satisfies:
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100009
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100010
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100009
    or
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100010
    其中,
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100011
    表示所述第一调整因子,O SCI2表示所述第二控制信息的比特数,L SCI2为所述第二控制信息的循环冗余校验CRC位的长度;s表示所述第一调整因子,O SCI2(s)表示基于第一数据的传输方式确定的所述第二控制信息的比特数,
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100012
    表示基于第一数据的传输方式确定的所述第一调整因子。
    among them,
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100011
    Represents the first adjustment factor, O SCI2 represents the number of bits of the second control information, L SCI2 is the length of the cyclic redundancy check CRC bit of the second control information; s represents the first adjustment factor, O SCI2 (s) represents the number of bits of the second control information determined based on the transmission mode of the first data,
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100012
    Represents the first adjustment factor determined based on the transmission mode of the first data.
  22. 如权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数确定第二参数,包括:The method of claim 18, wherein determining the second parameter according to the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information comprises:
    根据第二调整因子和所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,确定第二参数,其中所述第二调整因子与所述第二控制信息相关,所述第二调整因子为大于0、且小于或等于1的正实数。Determine a second parameter according to the second adjustment factor and the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, where the second adjustment factor is related to the second control information, and the second adjustment factor It is a positive real number greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1.
  23. 如权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,通过所述第一控制信息指示所述第二调整因子。The method of claim 22, wherein the second adjustment factor is indicated by the first control information.
  24. 如权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,其特征在于,所述第二参数满足如下关系:The method of claim 22, wherein the second parameter satisfies the following relationship:
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100013
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100014
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100013
    or
    Figure PCTCN2019116881-appb-100014
    其中,J表示所述第二参数,g表示所述能够用于传输所述第二控制信息的子载波数,s表示所述第二调整因子,α表示所述第二调整因子;W表示所述第一时频资源上用于传输指定信息的子载波的数量。Where J represents the second parameter, g represents the number of subcarriers that can be used to transmit the second control information, s represents the second adjustment factor, α represents the second adjustment factor; W represents all The number of subcarriers used to transmit designated information on the first time-frequency resource.
  25. 如权利要求19-24中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二控制信息指示所述第一数据的传输方式为单播、组播或广播。The method according to any one of claims 19-24, wherein the second control information indicates that the transmission mode of the first data is unicast, multicast, or broadcast.
  26. 如权利要求15-25中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时频资源不包括以下至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 15-25, wherein the first time-frequency resource does not include at least one of the following:
    第一时间单元上用于发送所述第一数据信道的第一个正交频分复用OFDM符号上的子载波;A subcarrier on the first orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel on the first time unit;
    所述第一时间单元上的最后一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit;
    所述第一时间单元上反馈信息占用的OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarriers on the OFDM symbols occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit;
    所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第一个OFDM符号上的子载 波;The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
    所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第二个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
    所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之后的第一个OFDM符上的子载波号;The subcarrier number on the first OFDM symbol after the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
    所述第一控制信息的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information;
    所述第一数据信道的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel;
    相位跟踪参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the phase tracking reference signal;
    信道状态信息参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal;
    所述第一控制信息占用的子载波。The subcarrier occupied by the first control information.
  27. 如权利要求18-24中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述第二参数确定的时频资源不包括以下至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 18-24, wherein the time-frequency resource determined according to the second parameter does not include at least one of the following:
    第一时间单元上用于发送所述第一数据信道的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol used to transmit the first data channel in the first time unit;
    所述第一时间单元上的最后一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the last OFDM symbol on the first time unit;
    所述第一时间单元上反馈信息占用的OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarriers on the OFDM symbols occupied by the feedback information on the first time unit;
    所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
    所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之前的第二个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the second OFDM symbol before the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
    所述第一时间单元上反馈信息所在的OFDM符号之后的第一个OFDM符号上的子载波;The subcarrier on the first OFDM symbol after the OFDM symbol where the feedback information is located on the first time unit;
    所述第一控制信息的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first control information;
    所述第一数据信道的解调参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the first data channel;
    相位跟踪参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the phase tracking reference signal;
    信道状态信息参考信号占用的子载波;Subcarriers occupied by the channel state information reference signal;
    所述第一控制信息占用的子载波。The subcarrier occupied by the first control information.
  28. 如权利要求15-27中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息为第一侧行链路控制信息SCI,所述第二控制信息为第二SCI,所述第一时频资源为物理侧行链路共享信道PSSCH资源。The method according to any one of claims 15-27, wherein the first control information is the first side uplink control information SCI, the second control information is the second SCI, and the first control information is the second SCI. The one-time frequency resource is the PSSCH resource of the physical side link shared channel.
  29. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器;A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a processor and a memory;
    所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令;The memory is used to store computer execution instructions;
    所述处理器用于执行所述存储器所存储的计算机执行指令,以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至14任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to execute computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 14.
  30. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器;A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a processor and a memory;
    所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令;The memory is used to store computer execution instructions;
    所述处理器用于执行所述存储器所存储的计算机执行指令,以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求15至28任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to execute computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the method according to any one of claims 15 to 28.
  31. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和接口电路;A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a processor and an interface circuit;
    所述接口电路,用于接收代码指令并传输至所述处理器;所述处理器运行所述代码指令以执行如权利要求1至14任一项所述的方法。The interface circuit is configured to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor; the processor runs the code instructions to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 14.
  32. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和接口电路;A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a processor and an interface circuit;
    所述接口电路,用于接收代码指令并传输至所述处理器;所述处理器运行所述代码指令以执行如权利要求15至28任一项所述的方法。The interface circuit is configured to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor; the processor runs the code instructions to execute the method according to any one of claims 15 to 28.
  33. 一种可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述可读存储介质用于存储指令,当所述指令被执行时,使如权利要求1-14中任一项所述的方法被实现。A readable storage medium, wherein the readable storage medium is used to store instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the method according to any one of claims 1-14 is realized.
  34. 一种可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述可读存储介质用于存储指令,当所述指令被执行时,使如权利要求15-28中任一项所述的方法被实现。A readable storage medium, wherein the readable storage medium is used to store instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the method according to any one of claims 15-28 is realized.
PCT/CN2019/116881 2019-11-08 2019-11-08 Control information sending method, receiving method and communication apparatus WO2021088081A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/116881 WO2021088081A1 (en) 2019-11-08 2019-11-08 Control information sending method, receiving method and communication apparatus
CN201980101457.2A CN114557082A (en) 2019-11-08 2019-11-08 Control information sending method, receiving method and communication device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/116881 WO2021088081A1 (en) 2019-11-08 2019-11-08 Control information sending method, receiving method and communication apparatus

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021088081A1 true WO2021088081A1 (en) 2021-05-14
WO2021088081A9 WO2021088081A9 (en) 2021-07-01

Family

ID=75849552

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/116881 WO2021088081A1 (en) 2019-11-08 2019-11-08 Control information sending method, receiving method and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114557082A (en)
WO (1) WO2021088081A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210298107A1 (en) * 2020-03-21 2021-09-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Sidelink communication recovery

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018203442A1 (en) * 2017-05-02 2018-11-08 ソニー株式会社 Communication device and communication method
US20190082431A1 (en) * 2017-09-11 2019-03-14 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for transmitting downlink control information in wireless communication system
CN109565656A (en) * 2018-11-08 2019-04-02 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Control method for sending information, method of reseptance, device and storage medium
CN109729594A (en) * 2017-10-27 2019-05-07 华为技术有限公司 Control the processing method and system, the first equipment, the second equipment of information
CN110326353A (en) * 2019-05-24 2019-10-11 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Control information transferring method and device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018203442A1 (en) * 2017-05-02 2018-11-08 ソニー株式会社 Communication device and communication method
US20190082431A1 (en) * 2017-09-11 2019-03-14 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for transmitting downlink control information in wireless communication system
CN109729594A (en) * 2017-10-27 2019-05-07 华为技术有限公司 Control the processing method and system, the first equipment, the second equipment of information
CN109565656A (en) * 2018-11-08 2019-04-02 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Control method for sending information, method of reseptance, device and storage medium
CN110326353A (en) * 2019-05-24 2019-10-11 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Control information transferring method and device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
PANASONIC: "Discussion on physical layer structure for sidelink in NR V2X", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1906402, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Reno, USA; 20190513 - 20190517, 13 May 2019 (2019-05-13), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051727852 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210298107A1 (en) * 2020-03-21 2021-09-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Sidelink communication recovery
US11678392B2 (en) * 2020-03-21 2023-06-13 Qualcomm Incorporated Sidelink communication recovery

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114557082A (en) 2022-05-27
WO2021088081A9 (en) 2021-07-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220279496A1 (en) Method for configuring sidelink resources in communication system
EP3890408A1 (en) Signal sending method and device, and priority configuration method and device
WO2020143732A1 (en) Feedback channel transmitting method, feedback channel receiving method, and apparatus
CN111867095B (en) Communication method and terminal device
CN112153705A (en) Communication method and device
WO2020216297A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2021027815A1 (en) Feedback information transmission method and apparatus
WO2021088081A1 (en) Control information sending method, receiving method and communication apparatus
CN116097675A (en) Physical side link feedback channel (PSFCH) range extension with long PSFCH format
CN112311515A (en) Feedback information transmission method and device
WO2021204128A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining transport block size
WO2022027660A1 (en) Sidelink communication method and apparatus
WO2021062855A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2021134448A1 (en) Sidelink data transmission method, device, and system
CN111526598B (en) Communication method and device
WO2021159536A1 (en) Resource indication method, resource determining method, and apparatus
US20230389123A1 (en) Communication apparatuses and communication methods for sidelink broadcast
WO2023029976A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
EP4228348A1 (en) Method and device for resource selection in sidelink communication
WO2021088080A1 (en) Data transmitting and receiving methods, and reference signal transmitting method and apparatus
WO2021087974A1 (en) Control information sending method and device, and system
WO2021088063A1 (en) Communication method and device
CN117811714A (en) Method and apparatus for side-link communication
EP4278717A1 (en) Communication apparatuses and communication methods for selection and sensing windows for nr sidelink ues with partial sensing
AU2021418920A1 (en) Communication apparatuses and communication methods for operating in a power saving state

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19952027

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19952027

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1